Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd

Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd

ntb · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ntb
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 
Annual Report 2013
Annual Report 2013

923_1 BNTB AR Cover 2013_PR_F.indd   2

14-03-21   9:39 AM

923_1 BNTB AR Cover 2013_PR_F.indd   3

14-03-20   5:02 PM

CORE EARNINGS
CORE EARNINGS

76.6 

million

39.5% 

NET INCOME

78.2 

million

205.5%

CORE CASH RETURN ON
CORE CASH RETURN ON
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY 
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY 

10.3% 

370 bps 

  Find out more at
www.butterfieldgroup.com

About Butterfield

Butterfield is a diversified financial services group 
operating in six international financial centres. 
We are a leading community bank in Bermuda and 
the Cayman Islands, and we provide wealth 
management services in all of the jurisdictions in 
which we operate. We have total assets of $8.9 billion. 
We employ 1,133 people around the world. The 
parent company, The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son 
Limited, is a publicly traded company with a primary 
share listing on the Bermuda Stock Exchange.  

Capital Strength 

Total Capital Ratio

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

10.1%

7.2%

21.6%

15.7%

23.5%

17.7%

24.2%

18.5%

23.7%

19.6%

CORE CASH 
EARNINGS PER SHARE

Awards

0.11 

37.5%

CORE EFFICIENCY RATIO

71.6% 

680 bps improvement

Best Private Bank 
Bermuda

THE BAHAMAS  |  BERMUDA  |  CAYMAN ISLANDS  |  GUERNSEY  |  SWITZERLAND  |  UNITED KINGDOM

1

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer’s 
Report to the Shareholders

In 2013, Butterfield had core earnings of $76.6 million, or $0.11 per 

Legis Group’s fiduciary client base is an excellent complement to our 

share, an increase of 39.5% over 2012. The improvement in earnings 

existing book of business. The acquisition—Butterfield’s first since 

drove a similar increase in the core cash return on tangible common 

2007—allows us to add scale to our international trust business and 

equity, which rose to 10.3% from 6.6% last year.

depth to our international trust team without having to expand our 

geographic footprint.

Net income in 2013 was $78.2 million, up from $25.6 million in 2012; 

last year’s net income having been affected by write-downs of goodwill 

Our efforts to enhance and expand our services and deepen client 

and downward market valuations of real estate held and used by the 

relationships have been recognised with several prestigious awards. 

Bank in its operations.

Butterfield was named Bank of the Year – 2013 in our two largest 

markets, Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, by industry publication, 

The increase in core earnings against a backdrop of ongoing economic 

The Banker. Citywealth named Butterfield Trust Company of the Year in 

difficulties in key markets was a pleasing result and a validation of the 

both Switzerland and the Caribbean, and Private Bank of the Year in 

effectiveness of our strategy.

the Caribbean in its 2014 International Financial Centre Awards. Most 

recently, Euromoney named Butterfield Best Private Bank in Bermuda.

BUSINESS AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
The Bank remains strategically focused on balancing capital 

preservation with appropriate expenditures on initiatives that will 

ORGANISATIONAL DESIGN
In 2013, we completed the conversion of our Guernsey and UK 

strengthen our core businesses over the long term. To that end, 

banking systems to an upgraded, shared platform, complementing an 

the Bank introduced new products in 2013 and continued to invest 

earlier Bermuda/Cayman conversion. The installation of common core 

in technology solutions and organisational realignments that will 

banking systems has facilitated the restructuring of operations and the 

strengthen our client relationships and further improve our  

streamlining of back-office processing.

operating efficiency.

A key objective of restructuring is the creation of business and 

Within our community banking markets—Bermuda and the Cayman 

support teams with multi-jurisdictional responsibilities. In 2013, 

Islands—our priority was enhancing electronic banking services 

we built upon our past success in centralising Human Resources, 

for clients. We introduced mobile banking applications for leading 

Information Technology, Finance, Asset Management and Trust by 

smart phones and tablets in both markets simultaneously, leveraging 

bringing Operations and Marketing personnel in different jurisdictions 

our recent investment in a banking system that is shared by both 

together under common reporting lines. The benefits of this kind of 

jurisdictions. In Bermuda, we were the first to market with Chip and 

restructuring include not only improved operating efficiency and the 

PIN credit card technology that will offer consumers and merchants 

ability to introduce new products and services to multiple markets 

added protection against fraud. In Cayman, we enhanced our suite 

more quickly, but also the creation of new leadership opportunities for 

of credit cards with the introduction of new cards featuring American 
Airlines® AAdvantage® travel rewards.

Butterfield employees around the globe.

Within our Corporate Banking division, our innovative, secured 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
At year end, Butterfield’s capital position remained very strong, with 

deposit product, which is designed to address the liquidity, security 

a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 19.6% and a Total Capital ratio of 23.7%, well in 

and return preferences of high value, institutional clients, continued to 

excess of regulatory requirements.

attract new deposits. At year end, secured deposit balances totalled 

$409 million, an increase of 45% over 2012.

During the year, we continued the practice of returning excess capital 

that was not deployed for business development initiatives directly 

International trust services have been a cornerstone of Butterfield’s 

to our shareholders in the form of dividends and through share 

wealth management offering for decades, and judiciously expanding 
our presence in that business to build non-interest income is a key 

buy-back programmes. The Bank declared a special dividend of $0.04 
per common and contingent value convertible preference share in 

part of the Bank’s overall growth strategy. In January 2014, in keeping 

February 2013 and thereafter, interim dividends of $0.01 per common 

with that goal, we announced that we had reached an agreement to 

and contingent value convertible preference share in the second, third 

acquire the trust and fiduciary services business of Legis Group, an 

and fourth quarters, totalling $38.5 million. We also repurchased 

independent, Guernsey-based financial services company. 

4 million common shares and 12,000 preference shares during the year. 

2

 
In addition, in May, Butterfield redeemed $53 million of Series A 

Directors and bade farewell to Sheila Lines and Pauline Richards, who 

2018 Subordinated Notes, reducing annual interest expenses 

retired from the Board in May after five and seven years of service, 

by $4 million.

respectively. We thank Sheila and Pauline for their contributions and 

dedication to Butterfield during their tenure on the Board.

Core non-interest expenses were reduced by a total of $18.1 million 

(6.7%) in 2013 as a result of careful cost management that saw 

I look forward to working with my fellow Directors and colleagues as 

reductions in technology, communications, professional and outside 

we seek to continue to build sustainable value in Butterfield Group by 

services expenses, in addition to reductions in costs associated with 

delivering leading products and services to our clients, and supporting 

the streamlining of operations. The Bank’s core efficiency ratio stood 

the communities in which we operate.

at 71.6% at year end, which represents an improvement of 680 basis 

points over the 2012 ratio.

BOARD MATTERS
The composition of the Board today is appropriately reflective of 

Butterfield’s geography, ownership and business interests. During 

2013, we welcomed Wendall Brown and Caroline Foulger as new 

Brendan McDonagh 
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    3

Community Involvement

At Butterfield, we recognise that our role within the communities in which we operate extends beyond providing financial services. Through our 

employees, who volunteer their time and skills to important causes, and through sponsorships and donations, Butterfield supports initiatives and 

organisations that are working to enhance prosperity, foster social progress and enrich the quality of the lives of the people in our communities.

In 2013, Butterfield was pleased to provide support to the following organisations and events:

HEALTH & HUMAN SERVICES

AIDS FOUNDATION OF 
THE BAHAMAS supporting 
the fight against HIV/AIDS: 
donation (The Bahamas)

THE BACK UP TRUST
supporting individuals 
who suffer from spinal cord 
injuries: donation (UK)

BAHAMAS CRISIS CENTRE
providing services to victims 
of physical, sexual and 
emotional abuse: donation 
(The Bahamas)

BERMUDA HOSPITALS 
CHARITABLE TRUST Why It 
Matters campaign supporting 
the construction of the Acute 
Care Wing at King Edward VII 
Memorial Hospital: $500,000 
donation (Bermuda)

BERMUDA BLOOD DONOR 
CENTRE: employee 
volunteers (blood donations) 
(Bermuda)

BILNEY LANE CHILDREN’S 
HOME, an orphanage and 
foster home for children aged 
five to 18: donation (The 
Bahamas)

BREAST CANCER 
FOUNDATION raising funds 
to support the fight against 
breast cancer: donation 
(Cayman Islands)

CAYMAN HOSPICE CARE 
providing specialised nursing 
services and bereavement 
programmes: donation 
(Cayman Islands)

CAYMAN HEART FUND
developing programmes to 
reduce and help prevent 
cardiovascular disease: 
donation (Cayman Islands)

CHILDREN’S EMERGENCY 
HOSTEL providing temporary 
accommodation, food, 
clothing, medical care 
and other necessities to 
abandoned and neglected 
children: donation (The 
Bahamas)

ARTS & CULTURAL EVENTS

THE FAMILY CENTRE
strengthening children, 
families and systems to 
create a healthier community: 
Butterfield Hope Award 
recipient – March 2013 
(Bermuda)

GIVE A CHILD A RIDE 
cycling programme raising 
funds for the advancement 
and education of children 
residing in local orphanages: 
sponsorship of employee 
participation (The Bahamas)

HANDS ON LONDON 
distributing donated coats to 
100 charitable organisations: 
employee volunteers (UK)

LIONS CLUB OF CAYMAN 
BRAC supporting a wellness 
programme promoting 
healthy diets, exercise 
and screenings: donation 
(Cayman Islands)

MACMILLAN CANCER 
SUPPORT providing practical 
medical and financial support 
for better cancer care: 
donation (UK)

THE SUNSHINE LEAGUE
enhancing the lives of foster 
children: Butterfield Hope 
Award recipient – June 2013 
(Bermuda)

THE PRINCESS 
MARGARET HOSPITAL: 
donation (The Bahamas)

QUEEN ELIZABETH’S 
FOUNDATION FOR 
DISABLED PEOPLE working 
with people with physical 
and learning disabilities: 
sponsorship and employee 
event participation in 
fundraising triathlon (UK)

THE RANFURLY HOME FOR 
CHILDREN: sponsorship of 
employee participation in 
Fun, Run, Walk event (The 
Bahamas)

THE SALVATION ARMY:
donations (Bermuda and The 
Bahamas)

TEEN SERVICES/TEEN 
HAVEN assisting in the 
empowerment of youth, 
by promoting healthy 
development through 
ongoing education, 
counselling and support: 
Butterfield Hope Award 
recipient – May 2013 
(Bermuda)

WOMEN’S RESOURCE 
CENTRE providing assistance 
to victims of domestic 
violence and sexual abuse: 
Butterfield Hope Award 
recipient – September 2013 
(Bermuda)

BERMUDA NATIONAL 
GALLERY: Butterfield Hope 
Award recipient – October 
2013 (Bermuda)

GUERNSEY EISTEDDFOD 
annual music, drama, dance 
and art festival: sponsorship 
(Guernsey)

GUERNSEY YOUTH 
THEATRE 2014 production, 
Footloose - The Musical:
sponsorship (Guernsey) 

GUERNSEY SINFONIETTA
fifth anniversary concert: 
sponsorship (Guernsey) 

JUNKANOO national cultural 
festival of The Bahamas: 
sponsorship (The Bahamas)

BERMUDA NATIONAL 
TRUST Christmas Walkabout 
in St. George’s: sponsorship 
(Bermuda)

CAYMAN ARTS FESTIVAL 
bringing varied and diverse 
performances to the island to 
help entertain and educate: 
sponsorship (Cayman Islands)

4

MISS JACKIE’S 
SCHOOL OF DANCE 
FortyTude performance 
celebrating 40 years of dance, 
with proceeds to the Cayman 
Islands Diabetes Foundation: 
sponsorship (Cayman Islands)

NATIONAL CHILDREN’S 
FESTIVAL OF THE ARTS: 
Butterfield Young Musician 
of the Year Award presented 
to Hannah Fowler (Cayman 
Islands) 

NATIONAL GALLERY OF 
THE CAYMAN ISLANDS Art 
of Assemblage Exhibition and 
Workshop 2013: sponsorship 
(Cayman Islands) 

YOUNG MUSICIANS’ 
ANNUAL CONCERT AT 
ST. JAMES: sponsorship 
(Guernsey) 

EDUCATION & INSTRUCTION

3 TOUCH VOLLEYBALL 
CLUB teaching sports skills 
to youth aged eight to 16: 
sponsorship (Guernsey)

ALPHA PHI ALPHA 
FRATERNITY providing 
mentoring to local students: 
Butterfield Hope Award 
recipient – December 2013 
(Bermuda)

BAHAMAS CHAMBER OF 
COMMERCE education 
initiatives: sponsorship (The 
Bahamas) 

BERMUDA SCHOOL 
OF MUSIC providing 
music education to island 
residents: Butterfield Hope 
Award recipient – July 2013 
(Bermuda)

BERMUDA SEA CADETS:
summer intern/employee 
volunteership and Butterfield 
Hope Award recipient – 
January 2013 (Bermuda)

HARMONY LEARNING 
CENTRE assisting learning 
disabled adults in Cayman 
Brac: donation (Cayman 
Islands)

MUSIC SERVICE WIDER 
OPPORTUNITIES 
SCHEME providing musical 
instruments for local 
school children: donation 
(Guernsey)

NATIONAL DANCE 
FOUNDATION providing 
world-class training 
opportunities to dancers, 
teachers and choreographers: 
Butterfield Hope Award 
recipient – April 2013 
(Bermuda)

BUTTERFIELD 
UNDERGRADUATE 
SCHOLARSHIP awarded to 
Justino Rodriques (Cayman 
Islands) 

C.A.R.E. LEARNING CENTRE 
assisting primary, middle and 
senior secondary students 
in upgrading their academic 
skills: Butterfield Hope Award 
Recipient – February 2013 
(Bermuda)

CAYMAN NATIONAL 
CULTURAL FOUNDATION
Young at Arts programme 
providing after-school 
instruction in the performing 
arts: sponsorship
(Cayman Islands)

OKTOBERFEST STUDENT 
MUSIC OUTREACH 
PROGRAMME providing 
music workshops for local 
school children: sponsorship 
(Bermuda)

RALEIGH BERMUDA
organising overseas 
expeditions for young 
people: Butterfield Hope 
Award recipient – November 
2013 (Bermuda)

THE READING CLINIC
assisting students with 
learning difficulties 
(particularly dyslexia) 
involving the basic language 
skills of reading, writing and 
spelling: Butterfield Hope 
Award recipient – August 2013 
(Bermuda)

SAILING TRUST acquisition 
of a new Laser boat to be 
used in children’s sailing 
instruction: sponsorship 
(Guernsey)

SIR HARRY D. 
BUTTERFIELD 
SCHOLARSHIP awarded to 
Akeila Richardson (Bermuda)

SIR DUDLEY A. SPURLING 
POSTGRADUATE 
SCHOLARSHIP awarded to 
Kevin Minors (Bermuda)

SPORTING EVENTS

BUTTERFIELD 
BERMUDA GRAND 
PRIX 2013 cycling 
event: title sponsorship 
and employee volunteers 
(Bermuda)

CLASSIC CHANNEL 
REGATTA yacht race: 
sponsorship (Guernsey)

LE GRANDE MARE 
JUNIOR GOLF competition: 
sponsorship (Guernsey)

NATWEST ISLAND 
GAMES BERMUDA 2013:
Local event sponsorship 
and employee volunteers 
(Bermuda)

ST. PATRICK’S DAY 5K 
IRISH JOG fundraiser for 
the Sunrise Adult Training 
Centre: title sponsorship 
(Cayman Islands)

Athlete bursaries for six 
students (Guernsey)

Athletes’ uniforms 
(Cayman Islands)

Butterfiel Annual Report 2013    5
Butterfield Annual Report 2013    5

Board of Directors & Principal Board Committees

COMMITTEES INDICATED BY NUMBERS

1
CHAIRMAN 
BRENDAN MCDONAGH
Chief Executive Officer,
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited

1,3,5
VICE CHAIRMAN
BARCLAY SIMMONS*
Managing Partner,
Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki, Barristers & Attorneys

1,2,4
ALASTAIR BARBOUR*
Retired Partner, KPMG

2,5
WENDALL BROWN*
Chairman & President, BDC 2000

1,2,4
VICTOR DODIG
Senior Executive Vice-President and  
Group Head, Wealth Management, CIBC

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

2,4
CAROLINE FOULGER*
Retired Partner, PwC

3,5
OLIVIER SARKOZY
Managing Director and Head of The Carlyle Group’s 
Global Financial Services Group

1,3,5
WOLFGANG SCHOELLKOPF*
Managing Partner, 
PMW Capital Management

1,3,5
RICHARD VENN  
Senior Executive Vice-President, 
Advisor to the CEO Office, CIBC

3,4
JOHN WRIGHT*
Retired Bank Chief Executive

PRINCIPAL BOARD COMMITTEES

1. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Supports the Board in fulfilling its overall 
governance responsibilities.

3. RISK POLICY & 
COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE
Focuses on credit, market and 
operational risk.

2. AUDIT COMMITTEE
Oversees Butterfield’s financial reports, 
internal financial controls, internal audit 
processes and compliance.

4. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
Focuses on Directors’ and Board Committee 
governance, performance and  
Directors’ nominations.

5. COMPENSATION & HUMAN 
RESOURCES COMMITTEE
Focuses on compensation and  
benefits, employee development  
and succession.

DIRECTORS’ CODE OF PRACTICE AND GROUP CODE OF CONDUCT

The Directors have adopted a Code of Best Practice based upon recommended principles of corporate governance. In implementing the Code, the Board 
meets regularly, retains full effective control over the Bank, and monitors executive management. A Group Code of Conduct & Ethics applies to Directors 
and employees and imposes Butterfield’s principles of business, including ethics and conflicts of interest. Copies of the Codes can be accessed on
www.butterfieldgroup.com.

*Independent, Non-Executive Director. On an annual basis, the Corporate Governance Committee ensures the appropriate composition of the Board and its Committees 
in accordance with the Group’s Corporate Governance Policy. The assessment of the independence of a Director is based upon a number of factors including, but not 
limited to: whether he or she has been employed by the Group within the last five years; whether he or she has had, within the last three years, a material relationship 
with the Group; and whether he or she represents a significant Shareholder.

6

Group Executive Management

BRENDAN MCDONAGH
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

MICHAEL COLLINS
Senior Executive Vice President

Bermuda

CONOR O’DEA
Senior Executive Vice President

International Banking

DANIEL FRUMKIN
Executive Vice President

Chief Risk Officer

DONNA HARVEY MAYBURY
Executive Vice President

Human Resources

JOHN MARAGLIANO
Executive Vice President 

Chief Financial Officer

ROBERT MOORE
Executive Vice President

Head of Group Trust

SHAUN MORRIS 
Executive Vice President 

General Counsel, Group Chief Legal Officer

MICHAEL NEFF
Executive Vice President

Head of Group Asset Management

OWEN MARTIN
Senior Vice President 

Group Internal Audit 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    7

 
88

Table of Contents
CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS 

OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION 

•  Performance Measurement 

•  About Butterfield 

•  Business Strategy 

•  2013 Overview 

•  Market Environment 

•  2014 Outlook 

•  Financial Summary 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND DISCUSSION FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND DISCUSSION 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

RISK MANAGEMENT 

JURISDICTION AND BUSINESS LINE OVERVIEWS 

•  Bermuda 

•  Cayman Islands 

•  Guernsey 

•  United Kingdom 

•  Group Asset Management 

•  Group Trust 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

•  Management’s Financial Reporting Responsibility 

•  Independent Auditor’s Report to the Board of Directors and Shareholders 

•  Consolidated Balance Sheet 

•  Consolidated Statements of Operations 

•  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

•  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 

•  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

•  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

10
10

11

11

12

13

14

15

16

24

33

35

39
40

42

44

46

48

49

50
51

52

54

55

56

57

58

59

105

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    9

Management’s Discussion & Analysis of  
Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The financial overview of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements 

and the related notes. The financial statements and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the 

United States of America (“GAAP”). All references to “Butterfield”, the “Group” or the “Bank” refer to The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 

and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Certain statements in this discussion and analysis may be deemed to include “forward looking 

statements” and are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Forward looking 

statements are not historical facts but instead represent only management’s belief regarding future events, many of which by their nature are 

inherently uncertain and outside of management’s control. Actual results may differ materially from those included in these statements due to a 

variety of factors, including worldwide economic conditions, success in business retention and obtaining new business and other factors. 

PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
We use a number of financial measures to assess the performance 

Tangible Total Equity/Tangible Asset Ratio (“TE/TA”)
TE/TA is used to determine how much loss the Bank can take before 

of our business. Some measures are calculated in accordance with 

capital is impacted. The TE/TA ratio is calculated as (Common Equity 

GAAP, while other measures do not have a standardised meaning 

+ Preferred Equity - Intangible Assets - Goodwill) / Tangible Assets. 

under GAAP. Accordingly, these measures, described below, may not 

Tangible equity does not include goodwill or intangible assets. 

be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. Investors 

Tangible assets are the Bank’s total assets from continuing operations 

may however find these non-GAAP financial measures useful in analysing 

less goodwill and intangibles.  

financial performance.

Return on Common Equity (“ROE”)
ROE measures profitability by revealing how much profit is generated 

Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Asset Ratio (“TCE/TA”)
TCE/TA is used to determine how much loss the Bank can take before 

other forms of capital, other than common equity, are impacted. The 

with the money invested by common shareholders. ROE is the 

TCE/TA ratio is calculated as (Common Equity - Intangible Assets 

amount of net income to common shareholders as a percentage of 

- Goodwill) / Tangible Assets. Tangible Common Equity does not 

average common equity and calculated as Net Income to Common 

include the preference shareholders’ equity or goodwill and intangible 

Shareholders / Average Common Equity. Net Income is for the full 

assets. Tangible Assets are the Bank’s total assets from continuing 

fiscal year (before dividends paid to common shareholders but after 

operations less goodwill and intangibles.  

dividends to preference shareholders). Common equity does not 

include the preference shareholders’ equity. 

Total Capital Ratio
The Total capital ratio measures the amount of the Bank’s capital in 

Core Cash Return on Tangible Common Equity (“CCROTCE”)
CCROTCE measures core cash profitability as a percentage of average 

relation to the amount of risk it is taking. All banks must ensure that a 

reasonable proportion of their risk is covered by permanent capital. 

tangible common equity. CCROTCE is the amount of core income to 

Under Basel II, Pillar I, banks must maintain a minimum Total capital 

common shareholders excluding amortisation of intangible assets as a 

ratio of 8%. In effect, this means that 8% of the risk-weighted assets 

percentage of average tangible common equity and calculated as Core 

must be covered by permanent or near permanent capital. The risk 

Cash Earnings to Common Shareholders / Average Tangible Common 

weighting process takes into account the relative risk of various types 

Equity. Core Cash Earnings to Common Shareholders is net earnings 

of lending. The higher the capital adequacy ratio a bank has, the 

to common shareholders for the full fiscal year (before dividends 

greater the level of unexpected losses it can absorb before  

paid to common shareholders but after dividends to preference 

becoming insolvent. 

shareholders) adjusted for one-off items not in the ordinary course of 

business plus amortisation of intangible assets expensed in the year. 

Average Tangible Common Equity does not include the preference 

Tier 1 Capital Ratio
The Tier 1 capital ratio is the ratio of the Bank’s core equity capital, 

shareholders’ equity or goodwill and intangible assets. 

as measured under Basel II, to its total risk-weighted assets (“RWA”).

RWA are the total of all assets held by the Bank weighted by credit risk 

10

 
ABOUT BUTTERFIELD
Established in 1858, Butterfield provides community banking and wealth management in Bermuda and select markets in the Caribbean and 

Europe. Today we are the largest independent bank in Bermuda and have a significant market position in the Cayman Islands. Group-wide, we 

have over 1,100 employees across six jurisdictions. Butterfield offers a full range of community banking services in Bermuda and the Cayman 

Islands, consisting of institutional, corporate, commercial and retail banking and treasury activities. In wealth management, we provide private 

banking, asset management, custody and trust services to individual, family, institutional and corporate clients from our headquarters in Bermuda 

and subsidiary offices in The Bahamas, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. 

according to a formula determined by the Regulator. The Bank follows 

the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“BCBS”) guidelines in 

setting formulae for asset risk weights.  

Efficiency Ratio 
The efficiency ratio is an indicator used to assess operating efficiencies 

and demonstrates how efficiently management is controlling expenses 

relative to generating revenues. The efficiency ratio is calculated by 

Tier 1 Common Ratio
The Tier 1 common ratio is the same as the Tier 1 capital ratio but only 

taking the cash non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenue 

before gains and losses and provisions for credit losses and calculated 

includes common equity in the numerator and deducts the preference 

as (Non-Interest Expenses – Amortisation of Intangible Assets) / 

shareholders’ equity. 

Return on Assets (“ROA”)
ROA is an indicator of profitability relative to total assets and 

demonstrates how efficient management is at using the assets to 

generate earnings. The ROA ratio is calculated as Annual Net Income / 

Average Total Assets. 

Core Return on Average Assets (“CROAA”)
CROAA is an indicator used to assess the core profitability of average 

(Non-Interest Income + Net Interest Income Before Provision for 

Credit Losses). Cash non-interest expenses exclude income taxes and 

amortisation of intangible assets.  

Core Efficiency Ratio 
The core efficiency ratio is an indicator used to assess core operating 

efficiencies relative to generating core revenues. The core efficiency 

ratio is calculated by taking the core cash non-interest expenses 

as a percentage of total core revenue before gains and losses and 

provisions for credit losses and calculated as (Core Non-Interest 

total assets and demonstrates how efficiently management is utilising 

Expenses – Amortisation of Intangible Assets) / (Core Non-Interest 

its assets to generate core net income. CROAA is calculated by taking 

Income + Core Net Interest Income Before Provision for Credit 

the annualised core net income as a percentage of average total assets 

Losses). Core cash non-interest expenses exclude income taxes and 

and calculated as Core Net Income / Average Total Assets. Core net 
income is the net income adjusted for one-off items not in the ordinary 

amortisation of intangible assets. 

course of business, annualised. 

BUSINESS STRATEGY
Whilst remaining well capitalised with strong liquidity, our strategic 

Net Interest Margin (“NIM”)
NIM is a performance metric that examines how successful the Bank’s 

focus is on building shareholder value by expanding our share of the 

community and private banking markets in jurisdictions in which we 

investment decisions are compared to its cost of funding assets 

have a meaningful presence and a depth of local market knowledge. 

and is expressed as net interest income as a percentage of average 

Our strategy also involves leveraging our multi-jurisdictional trust, 

interest-earning assets. NIM is calculated as Net Interest Income  

custody and asset management offerings to build our wealth 

Before Provision for Credit Losses / Average Interest-Earning Assets.  

management business from both cross-referrals with existing customers 

Net Interest Income is the interest earned on cash and cash 
equivalents, investments, loans and other interest-earning assets 

and business development through referrals and relationships with 
fiduciaries and advisers. We aim to build upon our relationship-

minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and  

based business approach by delivering exceptional client service 

long-term debt. The Average Interest-Earning Assets are calculated 

experiences, as well as a wide range of products to meet our clients’ 

using daily average balances of interest-earning assets.

financial services needs. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   11

 
The wide range of products on offer is reflective of our strategy of 

ongoing challenges of a changing investment climate, whilst minimising 

pursuing opportunities in diversified businesses including community 

credit risk in the investment book. Our continued management of 

banking, private banking, asset management, custody, corporate 

interest rate risk requires us to purchase fixed-rate investments that, 

trust and personal trust services. These diverse businesses directly 

whilst complying with our credit safety requirements, will experience 

contribute to the high level of fee income relative to our total income. 

temporary declines in market values when rates start to increase.  

Despite the current economic environment reducing the volume of 

Rising interest rates will improve the profitability of Butterfield, such 

customer activity, our fee income remains at almost 36% of revenue 

that these anticipated negative marks are part of our strategy. They 

before credit provisions and gains or losses. 

will not affect earnings, as they are not credit related, but they will 

potentially give rise to negative impacts in equity through “other 

Building on our community banking and wealth management strategies 

comprehensive income” for available-for-sale (“AFS”) investments. 

will also leverage our strong and loyal client base. Unlike many 

To minimise the impact on our equity in such circumstances, whilst 

banks, Butterfield is almost exclusively funded by our shareholders 

implementing proper management of interest rate risk, we increased 

and customers. Our core customer deposits have been very stable 

the held-to-maturity (“HTM”) portfolio to $334 million at year end.  

throughout the credit crisis. In 2013, we focused on these core deposits 

and pricing discipline to significantly improve their contribution to 

net interest income. This contribution reflects the strength of being a 

2013 OVERVIEW
In 2013, the Bank made solid progress streamlining and coordinating 

deposit-led organisation even in times of low interest rates. 

operations across jurisdictions, focusing on effective expense 

management, and continuing with the Share Buy-Back Programme. 

To support our strategy, the Bank aligns our management structure 

Core earnings improved as a result by $21.7 million to $76.6 million, 

to focus on lines of business and central support services with 

building on our very strong capital position with Total and Tier 1 

increasingly less emphasis on independent management by 

capital ratios of 23.7% and 19.6%, respectively. The Board continues to 

jurisdiction. However, we remain flexible and nimble in each 

monitor capital levels, maintaining a conservative capital management 

jurisdiction, with business development and decision making on 

philosophy such that Butterfield remains well capitalised. To further 

client service-related matters based locally. In addition, we continue 

enhance common shareholder returns, the Board declared a fourth 

to invest heavily in new technology allowing for new and more flexible 

interim dividend of $0.01 per common share and a special dividend of 

products, enhanced customer service and a streamlined, more efficient 

$0.01 per common share on 25 February 2014. On a going-forward basis, 

operation. We expect recent investment in core banking systems in 

the Board will continue to assess capital planning options and declare 

our two largest markets (Bermuda and Cayman), upgrades in Guernsey 

dividends as warranted, subject to regulatory approval. 

and the United Kingdom, and the introduction of mobile banking in 

Bermuda and Cayman will enhance our strategy by driving additional 
revenue opportunities, improving internal controls, and creating new 

The Bank’s balance sheet remains strong, with shareholders’ 
equity ending the year at $802.6 million, of which $183.6 million is 

operational efficiencies.  

8% preference shareholders’ equity and $619 million is common 

and contingent value convertible preference shareholders’ equity 

Given the large, loyal customer deposit base enjoyed in our main 

(“common equity”). Total assets remained stable, growing slightly by 

jurisdictions, and the relatively low volume of lending demand from 

$38 million to $8.9 billion.  Underlying this stability, cash and loans 

our customer base, our investment strategy is more important than 

grew by $320 million while investments declined by $289 million. All 

is the case for most financial institutions. At 31 December 2013, we 

other assets increased by $7 million. Total liabilities increased by 

had $4.4 billion of cash and investments representing 50% of total 

$92 million as customer deposit levels showed resilience in this low 

assets. In recognition of this defining characteristic of Butterfield, we 

interest rate environment growing $331 million over 2012, a reflection 

maintain a conservative approach to our investments. With the help 

of Butterfield’s strategic targeting of certain segments of the deposit 

of our investment advisers, we continued to manage our interest rate 

market. Bank deposits were down $86 million, other liabilities were 

risk, which measures the degree to which our profitability is at risk 

down $99 million, and shareholders’ equity declined by $54 million 

due to changes in interest rates. Our focused investment strategy has 

due mainly to changes in other comprehensive income.

allowed us to improve the profitability of our investments despite the 

12

 
 
Key accomplishments in 2013 were as follows:

MARKET ENVIRONMENT
The global economic recovery from the recession is expected to 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Core profitability: The Bank delivered good growth in core net 
income, up $21.7 million (39.5%) to $76.6 million from $54.9 million 

continue in an inconsistent manner. A few countries are showing clear 

signs of growth and improvement, whilst most regions improve slowly 

in 2012. 

or continue to experience economic challenges. The breadth, depth,  

speed, and sustainability of the world’s recovery remains a matter of 

Capital: We maintained a strong capital position, with $1.0 billion 
of regulatory capital, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 19.6% at 

discussion and there is no clear consensus, though most economic 

forecasts remain cautiously optimistic the global recovery will show 

31 December 2013, and a TCE/TA ratio of 6.8%. 

slow and modest improvement. 

Investment strategy: NIM remained stable at 264 basis points 
compared to 266 basis points in 2012. Underlying this stability, 

The United States (“US”) economy experienced modest but broadly 

based improvement in 2013. The Federal Reserve’s quantitative easing 

earning asset yields declined by 8 basis points as the paydown 

stimulus and higher levels of business investment by the corporate 

of higher yielding loans more than offset new loan volumes 

and commercial sector spurred an increase in gross domestic product 

at lower rates and an increase in investment portfolio yields. 

(“GDP”). This resulted in improved employment figures further 

Liability costs were down due to the retirement of $53 million of 

supporting increases in consumer confidence, consumer spending, and 

subordinated capital, revised pricing strategies, and higher levels 

contributed to continued stabilisation in the housing market. These 

of non-interest bearing balances. 

advancements, combined with the 2014 budget agreement averting 

Expenses: Non-interest expenses decreased by $12.2 million 
(4.4%), from $274.8 million in 2012, to $262.6 million in 2013, whilst 

the fiscal cliff, provided the Federal Reserve with sufficient evidence to 

begin a cautious tapering of the quantitative easing stimulus.

core expenses decreased by $18.1 million from $271.8 million to 

The Eurozone remained weak in 2013 with record high unemployment 

$253.7 million, an improvement of 6.7%. 

and minimal GDP growth. Although signs of improvement were noted 

with fourth quarter employment figures, Spain exiting its recession, and 

Headcount: Across the Group, headcount on a full-time 
equivalency basis, excluding students, was reduced by 98 (8.0%) 

lower inflation, the broader European economy remained weak with 

few signs of growth or meaningful improvement. In the UK, economic 

from 1,231 as at 31 December 2012 to 1,133 at the end of 2013. 

signals were slightly better, but still mixed as GDP moved marginally 

Deposits: Customer deposits increased by $331 million, whilst 
deposit costs decreased by 3 basis points from 33 basis points in 
2012 to 30 basis points in 2013. 

higher, driven by the services sector and supported by manufacturing 

and property values. Unemployment however remained elevated and 

mild inflation placed additional pressure on both consumer confidence 
and spending.

Loan quality:  As at 31 December 2013, the Bank had gross 
non-accrual loans of $104.1 million representing 2.5% of total gross 

The Bermuda economy remains challenged but showed progress in 

some areas during 2013. Unemployment improved from 2012 and the 

loans, reflecting an improvement from the $113.4 million, or 2.8%, 

decline in GDP slowed. Still, the GDP growth rate remained negative 

of total loans at year-end 2012. Net non-accrual loans were 

and pressured banking activities in our Bermuda results. The Cayman 

$82 million, equivalent to 2.0% of net loans, after specific 

Islands experienced GDP growth in 2013 with strength noted in the 

provisions of $22.1 million, reflecting a decreased specific 

hotel, restaurant, real estate, construction, and business activity 

provision coverage ratio of 21.2%, down from 23.6% at  

sectors. The consumer price index also showed a modest increase, with 

31 December 2012. 

higher costs for household goods, clothing, and footwear.

• 

Systems: Butterfield completed major banking platform 
conversions in Europe and introduced electronic mobile  

The mixed economic climate in our two largest operations in 2013 

resulted in limited loan demand and more pressure on customers’ 

banking in Bermuda and Cayman in 2013. 

ability to service loan payment obligations. Conversely, our private 

• 

Ratings: Moody’s at A3, Standard & Poor’s at BBB+; and Fitch at A-.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   13

banking business in Europe continued to enjoy strong loan demand 

With respect to interest rates, long-term rates are beginning to rise 

resulting in growth in consumer lending and our high quality, low  

above historic lows, but given the central banks’ intent of maintaining 

loan-to-value residential mortgage portfolio to high net worth customers. 

low interest rates, many financial institutions remain focused on 

optimising their business models and adjusting to the current 

Amidst this macroeconomic uncertainty, the Bank continues to maintain 

economic conditions; Butterfield is no exception.

a highly liquid balance sheet with a low risk investment portfolio and 

minimal reliance on wholesale money markets for liquidity.  

Our asset and liability management strategy focuses on net interest 

2014 OUTLOOK
We are cautiously optimistic that improvements noted in certain areas 

income at risk in varying interest rate environments and this means 

we position our balance sheet to maximise net interest income over 

a three to five-year period. We match our expected investment flows 

of the global economy during 2013 will continue. However, the ability 

with our maturities and turnover on the liability side of the balance 

of economic forecasters to accurately assess the economic future is 

sheet, whilst partially neutralising the impact of changing interest rates 

challenged by inconsistent trends in terms of the strength, scope, and 

in any given reporting period. These investments position us so we 

geography of the world’s recovery. As a result, confidence levels in 

are not reliant on rising rates to achieve adequate profitability. When 

these forecasts remain moderate. Despite the difficulties, there are 

higher rates materialise, core profitability should be further improved. 

emerging themes that show promise for 2014. Broadly, the US economy 

Higher rates will also have a restraining effect on capital levels as they 

showed surprising strength in 2013, particularly with respect to GDP 

will reduce the market values of our longer-dated securities in our AFS 

growth and employment. This strength is expected to continue.

book, partially offset by lower liabilities for future pension and health 

costs for employees. 

Similarly, the UK showed marked, albeit inconsistent, improvement 

over 2012. The UK economy is projected to consolidate those gains 

In 2014, our strategy remains relatively unchanged as we continue 

with a broader recovery in 2014. In the Eurozone, the economy remains 

to focus our attention on the development of our core businesses, 

challenged. Despite a growing German economy, the overall Eurozone 

which we expect will drive revenue growth. We expect to be able to 

remains a basket of economies with inconsistent performance and 

continue to improve our efficiency ratio in 2014, based on leveraging 

its economic outlook remains weak. In the Eurozone, debt levels 

our investments in technology, redesigning processes, and centralising 

and unemployment remain stubbornly high, while confidence and 

support services. In addition, we aligned our incentive plans more 

expectations for a short-term improvement remain low.

closely with business development and targeted financial results. 

Whilst various agencies project a decline in Bermuda’s GDP during 

Subsequent to year-end, we announced our intention to expand our 

2014, they also note progress in the Bermuda economy particularly 
in the areas of stable and improving employment, wage levels, 

trust and fiduciary services presence in Guernsey—one of our core 
markets—through the acquisition of Legis Group’s trust business; 

government support for improving the economy, and increases in 

Butterfield’s first acquisition in seven years. Legis Group was recently 

average hours worked. In the Cayman Islands, GDP is expected to 

recognised as one of the leading international finance firms at the 

improve from 2013 with continuing strength in hospitality, construction, 

Citywealth International Financial Centre Awards and named Guernsey’s 

and real estate. Additionally, unemployment is expected to remain 

2013 Trust Company of the Year. This transaction, which is expected to 

stable, though inflation pressures will continue.

be completed during the first quarter of 2014, will enhance our trust 

client base and associated long-term revenues without the need to 

expand our geographic footprint.

14

 
 
 
FINANCIAL SUMMARY (in $ thousands, except per share data) 

As at 31 December  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term investments 

Investments in debt and equity securities 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 

Premises, equipment and computer software 

Goodwill and intangible assets 

Total assets from continuing operations 

Assets of discontinued operations 

Total assets 

Total deposits 

Subordinated capital 
Shareholders’ equity 

2013 
1,730,472 
54,981 
2,613,643 
4,088,225 
240,603 
19,121 
8,870,815 
- 
8,870,815 
7,637,951 
207,000 

2012 
1,542,526 

76,213 

2,881,704 

3,955,960 

243,321 

22,276 

8,833,009 

- 

8,833,009 

7,393,238 

260,000 

2011 
1,902,726 

20,280 

2,061,639 

4,069,419 

272,472 

46,100 

8,517,306 

307,044 

8,824,350 

7,256,561 

267,755 

2010 
2,222,934 

18,157 

2,764,723 

3,858,138 

257,468 

51,435 

9,346,914 

276,573 

9,623,487 

7,988,501 

282,799 

2009
1,932,189

14,881

2,899,668

4,025,981

240,010

62,867

9,313,282

281,524

9,594,806

8,451,311

283,085

   Preference shareholders’ equity 

183,606 

195,578 

200,000 

200,000 

200,000

   Common and contingent value convertible  

   preference shareholders’ equity 

618,955 

661,596 

629,725 

609,289 

155,460

For the year ended 31 December
Interest income  

   Loans 

   Investments 

   Deposits with banks 

Interest expense 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income  

Provision for credit losses 

Salaries and other employee benefits 

Other non-interest expenses (including income taxes) 

Net income (loss) before gains and losses  

Other gains (losses) 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations 

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations 

Net income (loss)  

Non-core items 

Core net income (loss) 

Dividends and guarantee fee of preference shares 

Premium paid on preference shares bought back 
Core cash earnings to common shareholders 

Common dividends paid 

Financial Ratios
Core cash return on average assets  

Core cash return on average tangible common equity 

Return on common shareholders’ equity 

Tier 1 capital ratio 

Total capital ratio 

Tangible common equity ratio 

Tangible total equity / tangible assets 

Net interest margin 
Efficiency ratio  

Core efficiency ratio  

187,042 
60,875 
5,291 
(29,399) 
223,809 
125,963 
(14,825) 
(131,064) 
(132,472) 
71,411 
6,749 
78,160 
- 
78,160 
(1,600) 
76,560 
(16,990) 
(2,756) 
62,928 
38,531 

0.9% 
10.3% 
9.2% 
19.6% 
23.7% 
6.8% 
8.9% 
2.64% 
74.1% 
71.6% 

190,691 

49,117 

4,999 

(33,102) 

211,705 

128,543 

(14,190) 

(137,433) 

(143,352) 

45,273 

(27,312) 

17,961 

7,620 

25,581 

29,300 

54,881 

(18,000) 
(967) 

41,921 

- 

0.6% 

6.6% 

1.1% 

18.5% 

24.2% 

7.3% 

9.5% 

2.66% 
79.3% 

78.4% 

188,043 

43,816 

9,636 

(39,246) 

202,249 

132,349 

(13,169) 

(145,136) 

(141,186) 

35,107 

4,238 

39,345 

1,127 

40,472 

(2,700) 

37,772 

(21,270) 
- 

21,869 

- 

0.4% 

3.8% 

3.0% 

17.7% 

23.5% 

6.9% 

9.3% 

2.42% 
84.1% 

83.6% 

181,786 

26,161 

11,015 

(52,937) 

166,025 

143,264 

(40,262) 

(153,246) 

(143,174) 

(27,393) 

(180,366) 

(207,759) 

144 

(207,615) 

222,400 

14,785 

(18,000) 
- 

2,063 

- 

0.2% 

0.6% 

(44.3%) 

15.7% 

21.6% 

5.8% 

7.9% 

1.91% 
95.0% 

88.2% 

195,490

44,166

12,641

(77,589)

174,708

148,473

(102,716)

(151,346)

(135,898)

(66,779)

(147,635)

(214,414)

1,001

(213,413)

234,400

20,987

(9,450)
-

17,363

14,938

0.2%

4.0%

(47.0%)

7.2%

10.1%

0.9%

3.0%

1.90%
87.3%

86.8%

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per participating share (1) ( $ )  
Net income (diluted)  

Cash dividends  

Net book value 

Tangible net book value 

Core cash earnings per share (diluted) 

Number of employees (2) 
Bermuda 

Overseas 

Total  

Other data 
Weighted average number of participating 

shares on a fully diluted basis (3)  

Risk-weighted assets 

0.11 
0.07 
1.13 
1.09 
0.11 

554 
579 
1,133 

0.01 

- 

1.20 

1.16 

0.08 

624 

607 

1,231 

0.03 

- 

1.14 

1.05 

0.04 

664 

606 

1,270 

(0.47) 

- 

1.10 

1.00 

0.01 

732 

649 

1,381 

(2.34)

0.12

1.63

0.93

0.19

761

708

1,469

553,571 
4,197,744 

556,357 

4,275,055 

555,615 

4,425,639 

477,225 

4,934,569 

95,065

5,734,096

(1)   Includes both common and contingent value convertible preference shareholders’ equity. 

(2)   On a full-time equivalency basis and excluding students.

(3)   All prior-period per common share data and number of common shares, with the exception of dividends, have been restated to reflect the

     $0.04 stock dividend declared for March, May, August and November 2009. 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND DISCUSSION FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013

Net Income
The Bank reported net income of $78.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2013, compared to $25.6 million in 2012. Results in both years 

were adversely affected by various non-core gains (losses) and expenses. After deduction of preference dividends and guarantee fees  

($17.0 million) and the premium paid on preference shares bought back ($2.8 million), the net income available to common shareholders was  

$58.4 million ($0.11 per share) in 2013 compared to $6.6 million ($0.01) in 2012. 

The following table states reported earnings for 2013 compared to 2012:

(in $ millions) 
Non-interest income 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses 

Total revenue before provision for credit losses and gains and losses 

Provision for credit losses 

Net gains (losses) 

Total net revenue  

Non-interest expenses 

Net income before taxes 

Income tax (expense) benefit 
Net income from continuing operations 
Net income from discontinued operations 
Net income  
Dividends and guarantee fee of preference shares 

Premium paid on preference shares bought back 
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders 
Net earnings per common share 
   Basic 

   Diluted 

Year ended 31 December 

2013 
126.0 
223.8 
349.8 
(14.8) 
6.7 
341.7 
(262.6) 
79.1 
(0.9) 
78.2 
- 
78.2 
(17.0) 
(2.8) 
58.4 

0.11 
0.11 

2012 
128.5 

211.7 

340.2 

(14.2) 

(27.3) 

298.7 

(274.8) 

23.9 

(5.9) 

18.0 

7.6 

25.6 

(18.0) 

(1.0) 

6.6 

0.01 

0.01 

$ change 
(2.5) 

% change
(1.9%)

12.1 

9.6 

(0.6) 

34.0 

43.0 

12.2 

55.2 

5.0 

60.2 

(7.6) 

52.6 

1.0 

(1.8) 

51.8 

0.10 

0.10 

5.7%

2.8%

(4.2%)

124.5%

14.4%

4.4%

231.0%

84.7%

334.4%

(100.0%)

205.5%

5.6%

(180.0%)

784.8%

1000.0%

1000.0%

16

  
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core Earnings
The following table reconciles the Bank’s US GAAP net income for 2013 and 2012 to core earnings attributable to common shareholders: 

    Year ended 31 December  

(in $ millions) 
Net income 
Non-core items: 
Impairment of fixed assets  

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets  

Net gain on sale of affiliate 

Additional consideration from previously disposed of entities 

Impairment of investment in affiliate 

Realised gain on legal settlement 

Early retirement programme and redundancies 

Onerous leases 

Deferred tax valuation allowance and tax adjustments  

Net income from discontinued operations 
Total one-time items 
Core earnings 
Preference dividend and guarantee fee 

Amortisation of intangible assets 
Core cash earnings to common shareholders 
Core earnings per common share (1) 
EPS impact of non-core items - fully diluted 

EPS core earnings - fully diluted 

Core cash earnings per share - fully diluted 

2013 
78.2 

- 
- 
(0.4) 
(0.8) 
3.8 
(13.1) 
8.9 
- 
- 
- 
(1.6) 
76.6 
(17.0) 
3.4 
63.0 

- 
0.11 
0.11 

2012
25.6

14.5

18.6

(4.2)

-

-

-

2.2

0.8

5.0

(7.6)

29.3

54.9

(18.0)

5.0

41.9

0.05

0.07

0.08

(1) Premium paid on preference shares bought back was not adjusted as management views the transaction as non-core. 

Impairment of Fixed Assets
In 2012, the Bank recognised $14.5 million of write-downs on properties deemed impaired as the carrying value was not considered recoverable. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
In 2012, the Bank’s annual impairment test concluded that the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets in certain segments was considered 

fully impaired due to a continuous period of losses incurred and future estimated profitability being unable to sustain current valuations. 

Net Gain on Sale of Affiliate
During December 2013, the Bank sold its 30% interest in Freisenbruch-Meyer Insurance Ltd., a Bermuda-based insurance company, for $3.4 million, 

resulting in a gain of $0.4 million. 

In the second quarter of 2012, the Bank sold its 27.8% interest in Island Heritage Holdings Ltd., a Cayman-based insurance company, to BF&M 

Limited for gross proceeds of $18.5 million, resulting in a gain of $4.2 million.  

Additional Consideration from Previously Disposed of Entities
During 2013, the Bank received additional sale consideration for the disposal of Island Heritage of $0.4 million and expense repayments from a 

previously disposed of subsidiary of $0.4 million. 

Impairment of Investment in Affiliate
At 31 December 2013, the Bank recognised a $3.8 million impairment loss in one of its investments in affiliates as the fair value of the investment in 

affiliate was less than the carrying amount.

Realised Gain on Legal Settlement
During the second quarter of 2013, the Bank reached a legal settlement relating to a previously disposed of investment, resulting in a one-off 

receipt of $13.1 million.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   17

 
 
 
 
Early Retirement Programme and Redundancies
As part of the Bank’s cost reduction programme, incentive packages for redundancies and optional early retirement were offered to eligible 

employees. In 2013 and 2012, the cost of this programme, recorded in salaries and other employee benefits, amounted to $8.9 million and 

$2.2 million, respectively.

Onerous Leases
The Bank leases certain properties in the normal course of business and certain of the leased premises have been sublet. If the net present value 

of the lease obligations exceeds the expected rent receipts, an onerous lease charge is recognised. During 2012, $0.8 million of such charges were 

recognised.

Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance and Tax Adjustments
As of 31 December 2012, our UK bank incurred cumulative losses over a three-year period, triggering a $4.1 million write-down of a related 

deferred tax asset. Additional UK tax expense adjustments relating to 2011 of $0.9 million were also included in 2012. 

Net Income from Discontinued Operations
During 2012, Butterfield sold its Barbados operations for a net gain of $7.2 million. As a result, Barbados is reported as discontinued operations. 

Year-to-date net income includes $7.6 million of discontinued operations in 2012.

Revenue
Total revenue before provisions for credit losses and gains and losses for 2013 was $349.8 million, up $9.6 million (2.8%) from 2012. Net interest 

income before provisions for credit losses increased from $211.7 million in 2012 to $223.8 million in 2013, an improvement of $12.1 million (5.7%). 

This was partially offset by a decrease in non-interest income which was down $2.5 million (1.9%). The increase in net interest income was driven by 

higher investment portfolio balances of $199.4 million, an increase in related investment yields of 29 basis points, and a decrease in liability costs 

of 8 basis points. These improvements more than offset a decline in loan yields of 9 basis points. The overall NIM remained stable at 264 basis 

points compared to 266 basis points in 2012.

DISTRIBUTION OF 2013 TOTAL REVENUES BEFORE 
PROVISIONS FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND GAINS AND LOSSES

DISTRIBUTION OF 2013 TOTAL REVENUES BY LOCATION BEFORE  
PROVISIONS FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND GAINS AND LOSSES 

Other Non-Interest Income 2%

Custody and Other 
Administration Services 3%

Trust 9%

Foreign Exchange 
Revenue 8%

Asset 
Management 5%

The Bahamas 2%

Guernsey 11%

United Kingdom 7%

Bermuda 56%

Net Interest Income 64%

Banking 9%

Cayman 24%

Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income is a function of a number of factors including the composition and value of client assets under management and 

administration, the volume and nature of clients’ transaction activities, and the types of products and services our clients use. Our fee structure 

provides for varied pricing that depends on the value of client assets and the nature of services provided. As a result, it is not always possible 

to draw a direct relationship between the value of client assets and the level of non-interest income, though the trend of non-interest income 

generally follows the trend in client asset levels.

Total non-interest income declined from $128.5 million in 2012 to $126.0 million in 2013 and represents 36% of total revenues before provisions for 
credit losses and gains and losses, down 2% from 38% in 2012. 

18

The following table presents the components of non-interest income for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012: 

(in $ thousands) 
Asset management 

Banking 

Foreign exchange revenue 

Trust  

Custody and other administration services  

Other non-interest income 
Total non-interest income   

2013 
18,067 
32,490 
29,311 
30,410 
10,232 
5,453 
125,963 

2012 
22,323 

33,713 

26,524 

29,122 

10,646 

6,215 

$ change 
(4,256) 

(1,223) 

2,787 

1,288 

(414) 

(762) 

128,543 

(2,580) 

% change 
(19.1%)

(3.6%)

10.5%

4.4%

(3.9%)

(12.3%)

(2.0%)

Asset management
Asset management revenues are generally based on the market value of assets managed and the volume of transactions and fees for other 

services rendered. We provide asset management services from our offices in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom. 

Revenues from asset management were $18.1 million in 2013, compared to $22.3 million in 2012. The decrease is due to the full-year impact of the 

termination of the Bentley Reid management agreement in the second quarter of 2012, lower fees earned on the Butterfield Money Market Fund 

(“BMMF”) owing to lower short-term interest rates, and a decline in balances as clients sought better-yielding alternatives for short-term investments. 

The table that follows shows the changes in the year-end values of clients’ assets under management, sub-divided between those managed for 

clients on a discretionary basis and those client funds invested in mutual funds that Butterfield manages: 

(in $ thousands) 
Butterfield Funds 

Discretionary 
Total assets under management 

2013 
2,304 
1,892 
4,196 

2012 
2,869 

1,871 

4,740 

$ change
(565)

21

(544)

Banking
During 2013, Butterfield provided a full range of community, commercial, and private banking services in select jurisdictions. Community banking 

services are offered to individuals and small to medium-sized businesses through branch locations, telephone banking, Internet banking, 

automated teller machines, debit cards, and mobile banking in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, whilst private banking services are offered in 

Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom. Banking revenues reflect loan, transaction, processing, and other fees earned 

in these jurisdictions. Banking fee revenues decreased by 3.6% in 2013 to $32.5 million, compared to $33.7 million in 2012, due primarily to loan 

prepayment penalty fees received during 2012.

Foreign Exchange
We provide foreign exchange services in the normal course of business in all jurisdictions. The major contributors to foreign exchange revenues 

are Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, accounting for 84% of the Group’s foreign exchange revenue (2012: 83%). The Bank does not maintain a 

proprietary trading book. Foreign exchange income is generated from client-driven transactions and totalled $29.3 million in 2013, compared with 

$26.5 million in 2012. The $2.8 million year-on-year increase reflects increasing client activity and related volumes in both retail and institutional 

foreign exchange flows. 

Trust
We provide both personal and institutional trust services from our operations in Bermuda, The Bahamas, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and 

Switzerland. Trust revenues are derived from a combination of fixed fees, fees based on the market values of assets held in trust and fees based 

on time spent in relation to the range of personal trust and company administration services and pension and employee benefit trust services we 

provide. Trust revenues represent 24% of the Bank’s non-interest income, up slightly from 23% in 2012. In 2013, trust revenues totalled $30.4 million, 

an increase of $1.3 million or 4.4% over 2012. Revenue growth was supported by structured, proactive business development activities. Improved 

new business results were seen in our Switzerland and Bermuda businesses and in institutional trust services, whilst increasing pipelines were also 

noted in our Bahamas, Guernsey and Cayman businesses.

Trust assets under administration were $53.3 billion at year-end 2013 compared to $47.1 billion the prior year, an increase of $6.2 billion or 13.1%.

Custody and Other Administration Services
Custody fees are generally based on market values of assets in custody, the volume of transactions and flat fees for other services rendered. We 

provide custody services from our offices in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom, and other administration 
services — primarily administered banking — in Guernsey. In 2013, revenues were $10.2 million compared to $10.6 million in 2012, down 3.9%, in 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
part due to lower transaction volumes and expired mandates. Total custody and other administration assets under administration (which includes 

the administered banking services operations provided by our Guernsey business) were $43.7 billion as at 31 December 2013, up from $39.9 billion 

the prior year.

Other Non-Interest Income
The components of other non-interest income for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 are set forth in the following table:   

(in $ thousands) 
Net share of earnings from investments in affiliates 

Rental income 

Other 
Total other non-interest income 

2013 
1,068 
3,194 
1,191 
5,453 

2012
920

3,062

2,233

6,215

In 2013, we recorded equity pickup income of $1.1 million, an increase of $0.2 million from the prior year. Rental income increased by $0.1 million 

to $3.2 million in 2013 from an increase in rented premises previously occupied by the Bank for its operations. Included in the “other” category are 

maintenance fees from leased premises, directors’ fee income, and other miscellaneous income.

Net Interest Income Before Provision for Credit Losses
Net interest income is the amount of interest earned on our interest-earning assets less interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. There 

are several drivers of the change in net interest income, including changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing 

liabilities, their relative sensitivity to interest rate movements, and the proportion of non-interest-bearing sources of funds, such as equity and 

non-interest-bearing current accounts. 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Bank enhanced its net interest margin calculation by changing its balance sheet averages from monthly to 

daily averages and analysing in detail the interest earning balances. Prior periods have been restated for this change in methodology. 

The following table presents the components of net interest income for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012: 

(in $ millions) 
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 

Investments 

Loans 

Interest-earning assets 

Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase  

Subordinated capital 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Non-interest-bearing current accounts 

Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

Non-interest-bearing funds net of 

non-interest earning assets (free balance) 
Net interest margin 

Average 

balance 

1,794.7 

2,655.3 

4,014.6 

8,464.6 

359.3 

8,823.9 

6,559.5 

63.8 

228.7 

6,852.0 
990.9 
264.8 
8,107.7 

716.2 

8,823.9 

1,612.6 

20

2013 

Interest 

5.3 

60.9 

187.0 

253.2 

- 

253.2 

(20.0) 

(0.2) 

(9.2) 

(29.4) 

0.30% 
2.29% 
4.66% 
2.99% 

- 
2.87% 

(0.30%) 
(0.31%) 
(4.02%) 
(0.43%) 

(29.4) 

(0.36%) 

Average 

rate 

Average 

balance 

2012

Interest 

Average

rate 

5.0 

49.1 

190.7 

244.8 

- 

244.8 

0.33%

2.00%

4.75%

3.07%

-

2.92%

(20.5) 

(0.33%)

- 

(12.6) 

(33.1) 

-

(4.82%)

(0.51%)

(33.1) 

(0.43%)

1,494.4 

2,455.9 

4,012.1 

7,962.4 

417.1 

8,379.5 

6,205.7 

1.3 

261.3 

6,468.3 

975.0 

212.1 

7,655.4 

724.1 

8,379.5 

1,494.1 

223.8 

2.64% 

211.7 

2.66%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
Net interest income before provisions for credit losses of $223.8 million increased $12.1 million or 5.7% over 2012. Net interest income is largely 

generated by the Bank’s Bermuda and Cayman jurisdictions, which account for 83% of total net interest income. Interest income increased by 

$8.4 million and was driven by improved investment portfolio performance where an increase in average balances of $199.4 million, combined 

with a yield improvement of 29 basis points partially due to a duration extension to approximately five years, generated an increase in investment 

income of $11.8 million. Partially offsetting the investment portfolio improvement was a decrease in loan-related interest income, as higher 

yielding loans paid down and were replaced by new volumes at lower yields. This reduced overall total loan yields by 9 basis points and drove a 

$3.7 million reduction in loan income. 

Interest-bearing liability costs decreased by 8 basis points, driving an improvement in interest expense of $3.7 million, largely from the paydown 

of $53 million in subordinated capital in May 2013, which was at a rate of 7.59%.

Average free balances for 2013 were $1.6 billion (2012: $1.5 billion) including non-interest-bearing current accounts of $990.9 million  

(2012: $975.0 million), shareholders’ equity of $716.2 million (2012: $724.1 million), and net other assets and other liabilities of $95 million  

(2012: $205 million). See the Risk Management section for more information on how interest rate risk is managed. 

Provision for Credit Losses
The Bank’s net provision for credit losses in 2013 was $14.8 million compared to $14.2 million in 2012. Incremental provisions of $20.6 million were 

required principally for the specific reserves pertaining to commercial and residential mortgages, partially offset by recoveries of $5.8 million.

Other Gains (Losses)
The following table represents the components of other gains (losses) for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012: 

(in $ thousands) 
Net trading gains 

Net realised (losses) gains on available-for-sale investments 

Net realised/unrealised losses on other real estate owned 

Impairment of fixed assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Impairment of goodwill  

Gain on sale of subsidiary and affiliates 

Impairment of investment in affiliate 

Net other gains  
Other gains (losses) 

2013 
  315 
(61) 
(5,000) 
- 
- 
- 
1,227 
(3,800) 
14,068 
6,749 

2012
268

2,028

(2,053)

(14,527)

(9,143)

(9,505)

4,231

-

1,389

(27,312)

Net Trading Gains
A $0.3 million gain was recorded with respect to trading securities in 2013 compared to a gain of $0.3 million in 2012, which relates primarily to the 

fair value adjustments of the Bank’s seed capital in shares of the Butterfield Select Funds and the BNY Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund.

Net Realised (Losses) Gains on Available-For-Sale Investments
Net realised losses of $0.1 million (2012: gain of $2.0 million) were recorded on securities sold in the normal course of business as part of our asset 

and liability management strategy.

Net Realised / Unrealised Losses on Other Real Estate Owned
Valuation adjustments related to real estate held for sale were $5.0 million compared to $2.1 million in 2012, the increase being largely attributable 

to write-downs in the hospitality portfolio. 

Impairment of Fixed Assets
The Bank conducts an annual property impairment assessment that determined there were no impairment write-downs required in 2013. The 

year-to-year improvement is driven by 2012 write-downs relating to the impairment of foreclosed properties of $6.5 million and a reclassification of 

certain Bermuda properties that were being used in the Bank’s operations but are now held for sale. The reclassification resulted in an $8 million 

write-down of the carrying amount to its fair value less cost to sell. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The 2013 annual impairment test of goodwill and intangible assets concluded the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets was appropriate. 

Therefore, no impairments were recorded in 2013 and the favourable improvement of $18.6 million from 2012 is entirely attributable to 2012 

impairments for goodwill and intangible assets of $9.5 million and $9.1 million, respectively.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   21

 
 
 
Gain on Sale of Subsidiary and Affiliates
During December 2013, the Bank sold its 30% interest in Freisenbruch-Meyer Insurance Ltd., a Bermuda-based insurance company, for $3.4 million, 

resulting in a gain of $0.4 million. In the second quarter of 2012, the Bank sold its 27.8% interest in Island Heritage Holdings Ltd., a Cayman-based 

insurance company, to BF&M Limited for gross proceeds of $18.5 million, resulting in a gain of $4.2 million. 

During 2013, the Bank received additional sale consideration for the disposal of Island Heritage of $0.4 million and expense repayments from a 

previously disposed of subsidiary of $0.4 million.

Impairment of Investment in Affiliates
At 31 December 2013, the Bank recognised a $3.8 million impairment loss in one of its investments in affiliates as the decline in the fair value of the 

investment was considered other than temporary.

Net Other Gains
Net other gains (losses) were $14.1 million in 2013 compared to net other gains of $1.4 million in 2012. The primary driver of this change is the legal 

settlement reached relating to a previously disposed of investment, resulting in a one-off receipt of $13.1 million in 2013.  

Non-Interest Expenses
Expense management continued to be a key focus of Butterfield in 2013 as the Bank continues to adapt to the persistently low interest rate 

environment. Total non-interest expenses in 2013 were $262.6 million compared to $274.8 million recorded in 2012. These figures include non-core 

expenses in 2013 and 2012 of $8.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively. After adjusting for these non-core items, 2013 core expenses were down 

$18.1 million or 6.7%. The improvement was driven mainly by salary and compensation-related decreases and other cost saving initiatives.

Salary and employee benefits account for 50% of non-interest expenses with technology, communications and property making up 30% combined. 

Bermuda expenses (including head office costs) represent the majority of the Group costs at 57% of total non-interest expenses. 

DISTRIBUTION OF 2013 NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

DISTRIBUTION OF 2013 EXPENSES BY LOCATION

Other Expenses 7%

Marketing 1%

The Bahamas 2%

Amortisation of Intangible Assets 1%

United Kingdom 7%

Switzerland 1%

Non-Income Taxes 5%

Professional and 
Outside Services 6%

Property 9%

Guernsey 12

%

Cayman 21

%

Salaries and Other 
Employee Benefits 50%

Technology and 
Communications 21%

Bermuda 57

%

The following table presents the components of non-interest expenses for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012: 

(in $ thousands) 
Salaries and other employee benefits  

Technology and communications 

Property 

Professional and outside services 

Non-income taxes 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Marketing 

Other non-interest expenses  
Total non-interest expense  
Non-core items 
Core non-interest expense 

22

2013 
131,064 
54,223 
24,309 
15,012 
13,682 
3,358 
3,484 
17,513 
262,645 
(8,900) 
253,745 

2012 
137,433 

57,715 

26,129 

15,409 

13,158 

5,040 

3,963 

16,048 

274,895 

(3,000) 

271,895 

$ change    % change  
(4.6%)

(6,369) 

(3,492) 

(1,820) 

(397) 

524 

(1,682) 

(479) 

1,465 

(12,250) 

(5,900) 

(18,150) 

(6.1%)

(7.0%)

(2.6%)

4.0%

(33.4%)

(12.1%)

9.1%

(4.5%)

196.7%

(6.7%)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and Other Employee Benefits
Total salaries and benefits costs were $131.1 million in 2013, down $6.4 million compared to 2012. 2013 included $8.5 million of early retirement, 

redundancy, and other staff-related non-core costs, compared to $2.2 million of non-core personnel costs in 2012. Excluding these non-core costs, 

core salaries and benefits costs were down $12.7 million, or 9.4%, driven by staff reductions on a full-time equivalency basis of 98, year-on-year. 

Staff count on a full-time equivalency basis at year-end 2013 was 1,133 (excluding students), compared to 1,231 a year ago.

Technology and Communications
Technology and communications costs were $54.2 million in 2013, down $3.5 million from the $57.7 million recorded in 2012 as a result of expense 

control measures and IT infrastructure rationalisation initiatives.

Property
Property costs, which reflect occupancy expenses, building maintenance, and depreciation of property, plant and equipment, decreased by 

$1.8 million to $24.3 million in 2013 from $26.1 million in 2012. The decrease was due primarily to lower depreciation resulting from the 2012 

write-down of certain properties and improved management of property maintenance costs.

Professional and Outside Services
Professional and outside services primarily include consulting, legal, audit, and other professional services. In 2013, the expense was $15.0 million, 

down $0.4 million compared to $15.4 million incurred in 2012 from reduced consulting expenditures and other cost control initiatives.

Non-Income Taxes
These taxes reflect taxes levied in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including employee-related payroll taxes, customs duties, and business 

licences. In 2013, the expense was $13.7 million, up $0.5 million due to increases in bank licensing fees and payroll taxes associated with 

redundancy costs.

Amortisation of Intangible Assets
Intangible assets relate to client relationships acquired from business acquisitions and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 

useful lives, not exceeding 15 years. The estimated lives of these acquired intangible assets are re-evaluated annually and tested for impairment. 

The amortisation expense associated with intangible assets was $3.4 million in 2013 compared to $5.0 million in 2012. The lower amortisation levels 

were driven by write-downs in 2012. 

Marketing
Marketing expenses reflect costs incurred in advertising and promoting our products and services. They totalled $3.5 million in 2013, down 

$0.5 million from 2012. Marketing expenses represented 1.0% of total net revenues before gains and losses and provisions for credit losses in 2013 

compared to 1.2% in 2012.

Other Non-Interest Expenses

(in $ thousands) 
Stationery and supplies 

Custodian and handling 

Charitable donations 
Insurance 
Other expenses 
   Maintenance fees for liquidity facility 

   Cheque processing 

   Dues and subscriptions 

   Registrar and transfer agent fee 

   Agent commission fees 

   Foreign bank charges 

   Directors’ fees 

   ATM fees 

   General expenses 

   Other  
Total other non-interest expenses 

2013 
1,320 
1,647 
1,139 
2,367 

298 
1,319 
517 
1,012 
468 
564 
914 
- 
2,541 
3,407 
17,513 

2012 
1,421 

1,417 

911 
2,456 

306 

1,488 

541 

739 

492 

370 

1,021 

455 

1,417 

3,014 

16,048 

$ change    % change  
(7.1%)

(101) 

230 

228 
(89) 

(8) 

(169) 

(24) 

273 

(24) 

194 

(107) 

(455) 

1,124 

393 

1,465 

16.2%

25.0%
(3.6%)

(2.61%)

(11.4%)

(4.4%)

36.9%

(4.9%)

52.4%

(10.5%)

(100.0%)

79.3%

13.0%

9.1%

Other non-interest expenses were $17.5 million in 2013, an increase of $1.5 million compared to 2012. This was driven principally by operational 

losses experienced in 2013.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes

(in $ thousands) 
Income taxes  

Non-core items 
Core income tax 

2013 
891 
- 
891 

2012 
5,890 

(5,000) 

890 

$ change    % change 
(84.9%)

(4,999) 

5,000 

1 

100.0%

0.1%

In 2013, income tax expenses netted to $0.9 compared to $5.9 million in 2012. The improvement is driven by 2012 tax activity that includes a 

$4.1 million valuation allowance against deferred income tax assets and a $0.9 million tax adjustment booked in our UK business.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND DISCUSSION
The following table shows the consolidated balance sheet as reported as at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012:

(in $ millions) 
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term investments, debt and equity securities 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 

Premises, equipment and computer software 

Goodwill and intangibles 

Other assets 
Total assets  

Liabilities 
Total deposits 

Total other liabilities 

Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities  

Preference shareholders’ equity 

Common and contingent value convertible preference shareholders’ equity 
Total shareholders’ equity 

2013 

2012 

$ change    % change 

1,730 
2,669 
4,088 
241 
19 
124 
8,871 

7,638 
223 
207 
8,068 

184 
619 
803 

1,543 

2,958 

3,956 

243 

22 

111 

8,833 

7,393 

323 

260 

7,976 

196 

661 

857 

187 

(289) 

132 

(2) 

(3) 

13 

38 

245 

(100) 

(53) 

92 

(12) 

(42) 

(54) 

38 

12.1%

(9.8%)

3.3%

(0.8%)

(13.6%)

11.7%

0.4%

3.3%

(31.0%)

(20.4%)

1.2%

(6.1%)

(6.4%)

(6.3%)

0.4%

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

8,871 

8,833 

Capital Ratios 
Risk-weighted assets 

Tangible common equity (TCE) 

Tangible assets (TA) 

TCE/TA 

Tier 1 common ratio 

Tier 1 capital ratio 

Total capital ratio 

4,198 
600 
8,852 
6.8% 
15.2% 
19.6% 
23.7% 

4,275 

639 

8,811 

7.3% 

14.0% 

18.5% 

24.2% 

The Bank maintains a highly liquid balance sheet and is well capitalised. At 31 December 2013, total cash and cash equivalents, short-term 

investments and other investments represented $4.4 billion, or 50.0% of total assets, down from 51.0% at year-end 2012. The Bank’s balance sheet 

remains strong; with shareholders’ equity ending the year down $54 million to $803 million, of which $184 million is preference shareholders’ 

equity and $619 million is common equity. 

Total assets grew by $38 million to $8.9 billion, primarily reflecting a $245 million increase in deposits, partially offset by decreases relating 

to funding from repurchase agreements of $83 million, a decrease in shareholders’ equity of $54 million due primarily to changes in other 

comprehensive income and the redemption of subordinated capital of $53 million. 

At 31 December 2013, Butterfield’s capital ratios were strong, but declined from year-end 2012, with the TCE/TA ratio ending 2013 at 6.8%  

(2012: 7.3%), whilst the Total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios were 23.7% (2012: 24.2%) and 19.6% (2012: 18.5%), respectively. These ratios are well in 

excess of regulatory minimums.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
The Bank only places deposits with highly-rated institutions and ensures there is appropriate geographic diversification in its exposures. Limits are 

set for aggregate geographic exposures and for every counterparty for which the Bank places deposits. Those limits are monitored and reviewed by 

our Credit Risk Management (“CRM”) division and approved by the Financial Institutions Committee. The Bank defines cash and cash equivalents 

to include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are 

readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value. Such investments are those with 

less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and treasury bills. 

Investments of a similar nature that are either restricted or have a maturity of more than three months but less than one year are classified as 

short-term investments. As at 31 December 2013, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were $1.8 billion, compared to $1.6 billion 

as at 31 December 2012.

See “Note 4: Cash and Cash Equivalents” and “Note 5: Short-Term Investments” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements for 

additional tables and information.

Investments
Our investment policy requires management to maintain a portfolio of securities that provide the liquidity necessary to cover the Bank’s 

obligations as they come due, and mitigate our overall exposure to credit and interest rate risk, whilst achieving a satisfactory return on the funds 

invested. The securities in which we may invest are limited to securities that are considered investment grade. Securities in our investment 

portfolio are accounted for under US GAAP as either trading, available for sale or held to maturity. Investment policies are approved by the 

Board of Directors, governed by the Group Asset and Liability Committee and monitored by Group Market Risk, a department of the Group Risk 

Management division.

Effective 1 October 2010, the Bank entered into an investment advisory agreement with Carlyle Investment Management LLC, an affiliated 

company of the Carlyle Group. Under the agreement, Carlyle provided balance sheet management advisory services to the Bank including, but not 

limited to: development of investment strategies for consideration by the Bank’s Asset and Liability Committee; balance sheet simulation analysis, 

including interest rate sensitivity, economic value at risk, interest at risk and stress testing; detailed investment portfolio reporting; cash flows 

and net interest income forecasting; deposit behaviour analysis and pricing strategies; and assistance with credit advisory and workout strategies. 

Effective 31 July 2012, the investment advisory business previously conducted by Carlyle Investment Management LLC was transferred to Alumina 

Investment Management LLC (“Alumina”) and the Bank agreed to the transfer of its contract (the “Contract”) to Alumina. 

As part of this transfer, balance sheet simulation analysis, which includes: interest rate sensitivity, economic value at risk, interest at risk and stress 

testing; cash flows and net interest income forecasting; deposit behaviour analysis, and pricing strategies, is performed using in-house technology 

and professional services.

Consistent with industry and rating agency designations, the Bank defines investment grade as “BBB” or higher. As at 31 December 2013, 99%  

(2012: 99%) of our total investments were investment grade and rated A or better.

31 DECEMBER 2013 INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY
 LONG-TERM DEBT RATING

31 DECEMBER 2013 INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY TYPE

Other 1%

Certificates of Deposit 3%

Asset-Backed Securities
- Student  Loans 3%

Mutual Funds 3%

Pass-through Note 1%

A 18%

AA 2%

Debt Securities 
Issued by Non-US
Governments 4%

Mortgage-Backed 
Securities 6%

Corporate Debt 
Securities 14%

AAA 79%

US Government and
Federal Agencies 66%

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   25

 
The following table presents the carrying value of investments by balance sheet category as at 31 December 2013 and 2012: 

(in $ millions) 
Trading 

Available for sale 

Held to maturity 
Total investments 

2013 
53 
2,227 
334 
2,614 

2012 
62 

2,581 

239 

2,882 

$ change 
(9) 

% change
(14.5%)

(354) 

95 

(268) 

(13.7%)

39.7%

(9.3%)

The investment portfolio was $2.6 billion as at 31 December 2013, compared to $2.9 billion as at 31 December 2012. A net decrease in certificates 

of deposit of $0.5 billion was partially reinvested ($0.3 billion) in US government and federal agency securities that totalled $1.7 billion, or 65.7% of 

the total investment portfolio. The investment yield improved year-on-year by 29 basis points to 2.29% in 2013, partially due to duration extension 

to five years. Total net unrealised losses of the investment portfolio were $57.5 million, compared to an unrealised gain of $48.8 million at year-end 

2012. The movement in unrealised losses for the year to date related to the impact of changes in interest rates on the longer duration assets and is 

not credit related.

Trading securities, consisting of holdings of non-US government securities, corporate equities and seed capital invested in mutual funds managed 

by the Bank, totalled $53 million at year-end 2013, compared to $62 million at year-end 2012. Trading securities primarily reflect the $43 million 

seed capital invested by the Bank in the BNY Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund and $5 million invested in other Butterfield Select Funds 

totalling $48 million.

Available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities totalled $2.2 billion at year-end 2013, compared to $2.6 billion at year-end 2012. As at 31 December 2013, 62.2% 

or $1.4 billion (2012: 45.7% or $1.2 billion) of AFS securities consisted of holdings of mortgage-backed securities implicitly and explicitly guaranteed 

by US government agencies. Corporate debt securities totalled $379 million or 17.0%, (2012: 17.6% or $453 million), and certificates of deposit 

represented 3.8% or $85 million (2012: 21.8% or $561 million). 

The remaining 17% of AFS securities is comprised primarily of commercial mortgage-backed securities (6.4% or $143 million), government 

guaranteed student loan-backed securities (3.7% or $83 million), debt securities issued by non-US governments (4.0% or $88 million), residential 

mortgage-backed securities (1.4% or $31 million) and one pass-through note (“PTN”) (1.5% or $34 million), which was formerly a structured 

investment vehicle (“SIV”).

Held-to-maturity (“HTM”) investments were $334 million as at 31 December 2013 (2012: $239 million) and consisted entirely of mortgage-backed 

securities implicitly and explicitly guaranteed by US government agencies that management has no intention to sell before maturity.

Investment valuation
Securities in unrealised loss positions are analysed as part of management’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). 

When management intends to sell securities, it recognises an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortised cost basis and 

the fair value of those securities. When management does not intend to sell equity or debt securities in an unrealised loss position, potential 

OTTI is considered using a variety of factors, including: the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than amortised cost; 

adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security; 

payment structure of the security; changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; the volatility of the fair value changes; and changes in fair 

value of the security after the balance sheet date.

For debt securities, management estimates cash flows over the remaining lives of the underlying collateral to assess whether credit losses exist 

and to determine whether any adverse changes in cash flows have occurred. Management’s cash flow estimates take into account expectations 

of relevant market and economic data, such as  GDP and unemployment, during the cash flow cycle as of the end of the reporting period and 

includes, for example, underlying loan-level data, and structural features of securitisation, such as subordination, excess spread,  

over-collateralisation or other forms of credit enhancement. Management compares the losses projected for the underlying collateral (“pool 

losses”) against the level of credit enhancement in the securitisation structure to determine whether these features are sufficient to absorb the 

pool losses, or whether a credit loss on the debt security exists. Management also performs other analyses to support its cash flow projections, 

such as stress scenarios. For debt securities, management considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to 

recover the entire amortised cost basis of the security.

See “Note 6: Investments” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements for additional tables and information.

26

 
 
 
 
 
Loans
The loan portfolio stood at $4.1 billion at 31 December 2013, up $0.1 billion from $4.0 billion the year before, due primarily to increases in 

commercial loans and mortgages of $68.9 million and an increase in residential mortgages of $52 million. At 31 December 2013, the loan portfolio 

represented 46% of total assets, compared to 45% at 31 December 2012, whilst loans as a percentage of customer deposits were 54% (2012: 54%).

Allowance for credit losses at 31 December 2013 totalled $53 million, a decrease of $3.2 million from 2012. The movement in the allowance is 

mainly the result of additional provisions of $20.6 million before recoveries of $5.8 million taken during 2013 and net of $23.9 million in charge-offs 

and foreign exchange movement. Of the total allowance, the general allowance was $30.7 million (2012: $29.2 million) and the specific allowance 

was $22.1 million (2012: $26.7 million), reflecting a specific coverage ratio of 21.2%, compared to 23.6% at 31 December 2012. The decrease in the 

coverage ratio reflects the changing mix of non-accrual loans that are more heavily weighted towards well-collateralised residential mortgages.

Gross non-accrual loans totalled $104.1 million at 31 December 2013, down $9.3 million from $113.4 million at 31 December 2012, and represented 

2.5% of the total loan portfolio at 31 December 2013, compared to 2.8% in 2012. During 2013, the Bank held other real estate owned (“OREO”) 

properties amounting to $27.4 million comprising commercial real estate of $14.2 million (2012: $19.3 million), foreclosed residential properties of 

$9.2 million (2012: $7.6 million) and property held for sale reclassified during 2013 of $4 million (2012: $7.5 million).

31 DECEMBER 2013 LENDING BY LOCATION 

31 DECEMBER 2013 GROUP LOANS BY TYPE

United Kingdom 12%

Guernsey 14%

Commercial 
and Industrial 10%

  Government 2%

Commercial Overdrafts 2%

Commercial 
Mortgages 18%

Automobile 
Financing 1%

Bermuda 51%

Cayman 23%

Credit Cards 2%

Other Consumer 4%

Residential Mortgages 61%

Government
Loans to governments increased by $12 million, primarily as a result of the Bank’s continued investment in the Bermuda economy. 

Commercial 
The commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes loans and overdraft facilities advanced primarily to corporations and small and medium-

sized entities, which are generally not collateralised by real estate and where loan repayments are expected to flow from the operation of the 

underlying businesses.

Commercial mortgages are offered to real estate investors, developers and builders domiciled primarily in Bermuda and the United Kingdom. 

To manage our credit exposure on such loans, the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes and is supported by a registered 

mortgage. Cash flows from the properties, primarily from rental income, are generally supported by long-term leases to high quality international 

businesses. These cash flows are principally sufficient to service the loan. 

Commercial loans of $1.3 billion at 31 December 2013 increased by $57 million from the previous year, driven by corporate loan growth partially 

offset by repayments of commercial lending facilities. 

Residential Mortgages
The residential mortgage portfolio comprises mortgages to clients with whom we are seeking to establish (or already have) a comprehensive 

financial services relationship. It includes mortgages to individuals and corporate loans secured by residential property. 

At 31 December 2013, residential mortgages totalled $2.5 billion (or 61.6% of total gross loans), an increase of $52 million from 31 December 2012. 

Our Guernsey and United Kingdom offices increased high quality, low loan-to-value residential mortgage lending to high net worth individuals, 

secured by high-end properties in London during the year, resulting in a $94 million increase in non-Bermuda residential mortgages in 

the portfolio.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   27

 
All mortgages were underwritten utilising our stringent credit standards. Residential loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity 

credit lines.  

Other Loan Portfolios
We provide loans, as part of our normal banking business, in respect of automobile financing, consumer financing, credit cards, commercial 

financing, loans to financial institutions and overdraft facilities to retail, corporate and private banking clients in the jurisdictions in which  

we operate.

Our loan portfolio and contractual obligations and arrangements are discussed in more detail in “Note 7: Loans” and “Note 8: Credit Risk 

Concentrations” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements.

Deposits
Deposits are our principal funding source for use in lending, investing and liquidity. Butterfield is a deposit-led Bank and does not require the 

use of wholesale funding to fund its loan business. Deposit balances at the end of reporting periods, particularly in our Bermuda and Cayman 

Islands operations, can fluctuate due to significant balances that flow in and out from hedge fund clients to meet quarter-end subscriptions and 

redemptions, and are typically paid in the first few days of the quarter. 

The table below shows the year-end and average customer deposit balances by jurisdiction, comparing 2013 with 2012.

(in $ millions) 
Bermuda 

Cayman  

Guernsey 

The Bahamas 

United Kingdom 
Total deposits 

Year ended 31 December 
2012  $ change 
2013 
3,551 
295 
3,256 
2,071 
1,291 
78 
607 
7,598 

7,267 

1,370 

1,862 

(102) 

(79) 

331 

209 

709 

70 

8 

   Average balance 

2012  $ change
246
3,285 

1,791 

1,389 

62 

730 

87

(13)

26

(95)

251

7,508 

7,257 

2013 
3,531 

1,878 

1,376 

88 

635 

Average customer deposits increased by $0.3 billion to $7.5 billion in 2013. On a year-end basis, customer deposits were up $0.3 billion to 

$7.6 billion from $7.3 billion at year-end 2012. 

Customer demand deposits, which include chequing accounts (both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing), savings and call accounts, totalled 

$5.6 billion, or 74.3% of total customer deposits at year-end 2013, compared to $5.3 billion, or 73.3%, at year-end 2012. Customer term deposits 

remained flat at $2 billion compared to the prior year.

The cost of funds on deposits improved from 0.33% in 2012 to 0.30% in 2013 due to disciplined deposit pricing and re-pricing initiatives that 

contributed to the improvement in net interest income.

See “Note 11: Customer Deposits and Deposits from Banks” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements for additional tables 

and information.

Borrowings
We have no issuances of certificates of deposit (“CD”), commercial paper (“CP”) or senior notes outstanding and have no CD or CP issuance 

programmes. We are able to source funding on an uncommitted basis from a number of major banks, including our principal correspondent banks. 

We use funding from the inter-bank market as part of interest rate and liquidity management. At 31 December 2013, deposits from banks totalled 

$40 million, a decrease of $86 million from the prior year.

Employee Future Benefits
The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans including non-contributory defined benefit plans and a number of defined contribution plans, and 

provides post-retirement medical benefits to its qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the pension plans are generally based 

upon years of service and average salary during the final years of employment. The defined benefit and post-retirement medical plans are not 

open to new participants and are non-contributory and the funding required is provided by the Bank, based upon the advice of an 

independent actuary. 

Effective 31 December 2011, the Bermuda defined benefit pension benefits were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings 

for remaining active members. Effective January 2012, all the participants of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan are inactive and in 

28

 
 
 
accordance with US GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan is amortised over the estimated average remaining 

life expectancy of the inactive participants of 22.8 years. Prior to all Bermuda participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda 

defined benefit pension plan was amortised to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 4.5 years. 

As at 31 December 2013, the Bank had a net obligation for employee future benefits in the amount of $70.2 million, down $30.9 million from 

$101.1 million at year-end 2012 driven by higher interest rates and improved returns on plan assets. 

See “Note 12: Employee Future Benefits” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements for additional tables and information.

Subordinated Debt, Interest Payments and Maturities
We have outstanding issuances of subordinated debt with a carrying value of $207 million as at 31 December 2013, all issued in US dollars, 

compared to $260 million as at 31 December 2012. All but $68.5 million of outstanding subordinated debt is eligible for inclusion in our Tier 2 

regulatory capital base and is limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital. 

The $53 million Series A note was due 2018 with a fixed coupon of 7.59% until 27 May 2013 after which the coupon rate became floating and the 

principal became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. During May 2013, the Bank exercised its option to redeem all of the Series A notes 

outstanding at face value of $53 million. 

Subsequent to year-end, the Bank also called a $90 million (35%) tranche bringing the outstanding subordinated debt capital balance to 

$117 million from $260 million at the end of 2012.

The following table presents the contractual maturity, interest rates and principal outstanding as at 31 December 2013:

Subordinated capital 

(in $ millions) 
2003 issuance - Series B 

2005 issuance - Series A 

2005 issuance - Series B 

2008 issuance - Series B 
Total 

Earliest date 

redeemable 
27 May 2013 

2 July 2010 

2 July 2015 

Contractual 

  Interest rate 
until date 

Interest rate from earliest

date redeemable to 

maturity date  redeemable 
5.15% 

27 May 2018 

contractual maturity 
3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.000% 

2 July 2015 

2 July 2020 

4.81% 

5.11% 

8.44% 

3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.095% 

3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.695% 

3 months US$ LIBOR + 4.929% 

27 May 2018 

27 May 2023 

Principal

outstanding 
47

90

45

25

207

See “Note 19: Subordinated Capital” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Repurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of securities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase 

agreement transaction, we will generally pledge investment securities as collateral in a borrowing transaction, agreeing to repurchase the identical 

security on a specified later date, generally not more than 90 days, at a price greater than the original sales price. The difference between the sale 

price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may 

be delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a 

cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the 

securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimise this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we 

generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have master repurchase agreements. Repurchase transactions 

are accounted for as financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as 

a liability in our consolidated financial statements. As at 31 December 2013, $25.0 million of repurchase agreements were outstanding compared 

to $109.0 million at 31 December 2012. As at 31 December 2013, US government and federal agency investment securities with an amortised cost 

of $25.2 million (31 December 2012: $120.9 million) and fair market value of $25.8 million (31 December 2012: $122.4 million) were pledged to 

collateralise repurchase agreements maturing within 90 days.

Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ equity decreased during the year ended 31 December 2013 by $54.6 million to $802.6 million.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   29

 
 
  
  
  
  
Increases totalling $106.1 million include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

$78.2 million net income for the year

 $17.9 million net increase in employee future benefits from the decline in interest rates used to discount the future cash flows, and higher 

than expected return on plan assets

$6.5 million of share-based compensation

$0.6 million of share-based settlements for stock options exercised

$2.9 million translation adjustments on foreign operations

These increases were offset by decreases totalling $160.7 million:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

$84.9 million from unrealised losses on AFS securities

$38.5 million of common share dividends 

$17.0 million preference share dividends and guarantee fees

$14.7 million from the buy-back and cancellation of preference shares

$5.6 million from the purchase of treasury common shares 

Capital Resources
One of management’s primary objectives is to maintain a strong capital base to promote confidence in the Bank among our clients, the investing 

public, bank regulators, rating agencies, and shareholders. The Bank manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on 

a legal entity basis. The Finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and 

limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve regional management 

to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, 

including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on 

our credit ratings.

The Bank is subject to Basel II, which is a risk-based capital adequacy framework developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and 

has been endorsed by the central bank governors and heads of bank supervision of the G10 countries. The Bermuda Monetary Authority issued 

a Basel III consultation paper for comments from stakeholders and final rules are expected to be issued in 2015. The Bank does not expect the 

changes being proposed to the capital adequacy ratios under Basel III to have a material impact on the Bank’s capital ratios.

The Bank is fully compliant with all regulatory capital requirements and maintains capital ratios well in excess of regulatory minimums as at 

31 December 2013.

As at 31 December 2013, the Bank’s regulatory capital stood at $1.0 billion with the consolidated Tier 1 and Total capital ratios of 19.6% and 23.7%, 

respectively (31 December 2012: 18.5% and 24.2%, respectively). 

The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 in accordance with the Basel II framework:

(in $ millions) 

Capital 
Tier 1 capital 

Tier 2 capital 

Deductions 

Total capital 

Risk-weighted assets 
Cash and cash equivalents and investments 

Loans 

Other assets 

Off-balance sheet items 

Operational risk charge 

Total risk-weighted assets 

Capital ratios (%) 
Tier 1 common 

Tier 1 total 

Total capital 

30

       Year ended 31 December

2013 

2012

824.0 
169.0 
- 
993.0 

742.9 
2,381.8 
345.2 
193.6 
534.2 
4,197.7 

15.2% 
19.6% 
23.7% 

792.0

244.0

(3.0)

1,033.0

913.8

2,232.3

350.7

261.7

516.5

4,275.0

14.0%

18.5%

24.2%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under Basel II Pillar III (market disclosure) the Bank is required to publish further information about the risks to which it is exposed. The Bank’s 

Pillar III disclosures for the year ended 31 December 2013 will be published on the corporate website, www.butterfieldgroup.com, shortly after the 

publication of the consolidated financial statements.

Preference Shares
In June 2009, the Bank offered 200,000 of 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual limited voting preference shares, liquidation preference of US $1,000 

per share (the “preference shares”) and $200,000,000 in the aggregate. The preference shares are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, with the 

full faith and credit of the Government of Bermuda (the “Guarantor”), as to payment of dividends for up to ten years and as to payment of the 

liquidation preference on, or in certain circumstances prior to, the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance (the “Guarantee”).

Dividends on the preference shares are payable quarterly on a non-cumulative basis, only when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors, 

on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December of each year at a fixed rate equal to 8.00% per annum on the liquidation preference, 

commencing on 15 September 2009. In the event that, during the ten-year term of the Guarantee, the Bank does not pay full dividends in respect 

of any quarterly dividend period on any preference shares that are then issued and outstanding, the Guarantor has agreed to pay to holders of the 

preference shares an amount equal to such unpaid dividends pursuant to the Guarantee. 

The Bank may redeem the preference shares at its option, subject to approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”), in whole or in part, 

on the tenth day prior to the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance (the “Bank Redemption Date”), at a redemption price equal to 100% 

of the liquidation preference thereof plus any unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend period to the Guarantee End Date, regardless of 

whether any dividends are actually declared for such dividend period. In addition, the Bank may redeem the preference shares prior to the Bank 

Redemption Date, at its option, subject to approval of the BMA, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at redemption price equal 

to the “Make-Whole Redemption Price”. Unless previously redeemed, the Guarantor has agreed to purchase from the holders thereof, and such 

holders will be required to transfer to the Guarantor, on the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance, all preference shares then issued and 

outstanding, at a price per preference share equal to the liquidation preference thereof plus any unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend 

period to the date of such purchase, regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for such dividend period. In addition, upon the 

occurrence of a Liquidation Event at any time prior to the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance of the preference shares, the Guarantor has 

agreed to purchase from the holders thereof, and such holders will be required to transfer to the Guarantor, all preference shares then issued and 

outstanding, at a price per preference share equal to the liquidation preference thereof plus any unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend 

period to the date of payment, regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for such dividend period.

Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares (“CVCP Shares”) (see the Rights Offering Prospectus for details)
In March 2010, the Bank offered up to 99.3 million common shares and 8.3 million CVCP shares in the form of up to 107.6 million rights units, each 

unit consisting of 0.92038 common shares and 0.07692 CVCP shares, for each common share held at a price of BD$1.21 per rights unit.

A holder of CVCP shares has the option to convert any such shares to common shares at any time. All CVCP shares outstanding will automatically 

convert into common shares at the earlier of 31 March 2015 or a sale of the Bank. On such conversion, the CVCP shares will convert into common 

shares at the conversion price. The initial conversion price shall be US$1.21, subject to any customary anti-dilution adjustments and certain 

downward notional adjustment based on certain loan recoveries.

A holder of CVCP shares is entitled to certain distributions in connection with certain sales or public offerings of the Bank’s equity interest in 

Butterfield Fulcrum Group (“BFG”, now known as Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Services, or “MUFJ”). On 9 February 2011, the Bank announced that it 

had agreed to sell its minority ownership position in BFG. The sale transaction closed during the second quarter of 2011 and generated proceeds 

of $3.31 million. The completion of the sale triggered a dividend of $3.27 million ($0.42 per share) to holders of Butterfield CVCP shares, which was 

paid on 16 August 2011 to shareholders of record on 26 July 2011. Through this transaction, the Bank fully divested itself of its minority ownership 

stake in BFG. The Bank continues to provide MUFJ and its clients with commercial banking, foreign exchange and custody services. 

When, as and if declared by the Board, holders of the outstanding CVCP shares will be entitled to receive dividends based on the number of 

common shares into which the CVCP shares would be convertible as of the dividend record date.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Bank, the holders of the CVCP shares will be 

entitled to receive from its assets legally available for distribution to shareholders as a liquidation preference before any distribution of assets is 

made to or set aside for the holders of any junior shares, such as the common shares, the greater of (i) US$1.21 per CVCP share plus any declared 

but unpaid dividends with respect to the then-current dividend period and (ii) the amount per CVCP share that would be received if such CVCP 

share had converted into common shares immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

The CVCP shares are issued as perpetual securities subject to conversion to common shares and shall not be redeemable by any holders at  

any time.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   31

The holders of the CVCP shares will vote together with the holders of the common shares on all matters upon which the holders of the common 

shares are entitled to vote. The CVCP shares shall be entitled to such number of votes based on the number of common shares into which the 

CVCP shares are convertible as of the applicable record date.

The class vote of the holders of at least 66.6% of the CVCP shares shall be required for (i) the creation or issuance of shares that are senior to 

liquidation, (ii) an amendment of rights of the CVCP shares or (iii) a reclassification, merger, amalgamation or consolidation where the holders of 

CVCP shares would not receive the consideration that would be received if such CVCP shares had converted into common shares immediately 

prior to such event.

The CVCP shares shall be privately transferable (subject to applicable securities laws and any required regulatory consents) but shall not be 

listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange (“BSX“) or any other stock exchange. The CVCP shares will not be registered under the securities laws of 

any jurisdiction. This will result in a limited market for the CVCP shares. CVCP shares are transferable to common shares at the holders’ option by 

contacting the Bank’s transfer agent and registrar.

With respect to the 8.0% preference shares, the CVCP shares rank pari passu as to liquidation and pari passu as to dividends and, with respect to 

common shares, the CVCP shares rank senior as to liquidation and pari passu as to dividends (other than dividends relating to BFG, as to which 

the CVCP shares rank senior).

As at 31 December 2013, there were 7.1 million CVCP shares outstanding with 0.1 million shares converted to common shares at the holders’ option 

during the year ended 31 December 2013. As at 31 December 2013, there were no loan recoveries attributable to the CVCP shares as defined in the 

certificate of designation. Consequently, the conversion factor to common shares at 31 December 2013 remained one to one (1:1). Loan recoveries 

mean the amount by which the cumulative amount of collections actually received by the Bank with respect to “covered loans” from and after 

1 January 2010 and through (and including) the measurement date exceeds $102.3 million. In no event shall the loan recoveries exceed  

US$42.0 million. As at 31 December 2013, the carrying value of the covered loans was $23.7 million (2012: $26.9 million) reflecting 

charge-offs during the year as approved by the Audit Committee and reviewed by an independent committee of the Board of Directors.

Share Buy-Back Programme
The Bank initially introduced two share buy-back programmes on 1 May 2012 as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in 

share value. Each programme was approved by the Board of Directors for a period of 12 months, in accordance with the regulations of the Bermuda 

Stock Exchange. The BSX must be advised monthly of shares repurchased and cancelled by the Bank.

Common Share Buy-Back Programme
The Board approved the 2012 common share buy-back programme on 1 May 2012 with up to six million common shares authorised to be acquired. 

On 10 December 2012, the Board approved increasing the number of common shares to be acquired up to ten million. 

Effective 1 April 2013, the Board cancelled the 2012 common share buy-back programme and approved the 2013 common share buy-back 

programme for the purchase of up to 10 million common shares. On 2 December 2013, the Board increased the total number of common shares 

authorised to be purchased for treasury to 15 million.

Total common share buy-backs for the year ending 31 December are as follows:

Acquired number of shares (to the nearest 1) 

Average cost per common share 
Total cost (in Bermuda dollars) 

2013 
4,038,482 
1.39 
5,610,907 

2012 
7,260,051 

1.24 

Total
11,298,533

1.29

8,999,061 

14,609,968

Preference Share Buy-Back Programme
The Board approved the 2012 preference share buy-back programme on 1 May 2012 with up to 2,000 preference shares authorised to be purchased 

for cancellation. On 10 December 2012, the Board approved increasing the number of preference shares to be purchased for cancellation up 

to 8,000. 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Board approved the 2013 preference share buy-back programme authorising in total the purchase and 

cancellation of up to 15,000 preference shares. On 2 December 2013, the Board increased the total number of preference shares authorised to be 

repurchased and cancelled to 26,600 preference shares.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total preference share buy-backs for the year ending 31 December are as follows:

Acquired number of shares (to the nearest 1) 

Average cost per preference share 
Total cost (in Bermuda dollars) 

2013 
11,972 
1,230.26 
14,728,624 

2012 
4,422 

Total
16,394

1,218.40 

1,227.06

5,387,777 

20,116,401

From time to time, the Bank’s associates, insiders and insiders’ associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in 

such shares being bought back pursuant to the programme, but under BSX regulations such trades must not be pre-arranged and all buy-backs 

must be made in the open market. Prices paid by the Bank must not, according to BSX regulations, be higher than the last independent trade for a 

“round lot”, defined as 100 shares or more.

Warrants 
Following the capital raise on 2 March 2010, the terms of the 4,279,601 warrants with an exercise price of $7.01 previously issued to the Government 

of Bermuda in conjunction with the issuance of the preference shares in 2009 were adjusted in accordance with the terms of the guarantee. 

Subsequently, the Government of Bermuda now holds 4.28 million (31 December 2012: 4.15 million) warrants with an exercise price of $3.51  

(31 December 2012: $3.61) and an expiration date of 22 June 2019.

Dividends
During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Bank declared cash dividends totalling $38.5 million or $0.07 for each common share and contingent 

value convertible preference share on record as of the related record dates. 

The Board also declared a fourth interim dividend of $0.01 per common and contingent value convertible preference share and a special dividend 

of $0.01 per common and contingent value convertible preference share, both to be paid on 28 March 2014 to shareholders of record on 14 March 2014.

During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Bank declared the full 8.00% cash dividends on preference shares in each quarter. 

Preference share dividends declared and paid were $15.0 million during 2013 (2012: $16.0 million). Guarantee fees paid to the Government of 

Bermuda were $1.9 million during 2013 (2012: $2.0 million).

Cash Flows
Cash and cash equivalents were $1.7 billion as at 31 December 2013, compared to $1.5 billion in the prior year. The increase is described below by 

category of operating, investing and financing activities.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, net cash provided by operating activities totalled $119.1 million (2012: $132.9 million). Cash flows from 

operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided 

by operating activities decreased by $13.8 million from 2012 to 2013, due primarily to an increase in other assets offset by rising core earnings that 

generated higher cash earnings compared to the prior year and an increase in trading investments due to the receipt of seed capital from the BNY 

Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund. 

Our investing activities include capital expenditures, loan activities, investment activities, and divesture and acquisition activities. We do not own, 

directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity interest or long-term debt securities of any company, corporation, firm, partnership, 

joint venture, association or other entity, except pursuant to the ordinary course of investment activities, the strategic investment in an associated 

company or as a result of the ordinary course of loan structuring. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ending 31 December 2013 

totalled $55.7 million, compared to cash used in investing activities of $627.4 million in 2012. The $683.1 million increase in cash provided by 

investing activities in 2013 was mainly due to reduced investment purchases and sales of AFS securities netting a $918.3 million decrease, offset by 

an increase in loan balances of $270.6 million year over year.

Net cash provided by financing activities totalled $4.1 million in 2013, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $108.9 million 

in 2012. The $104.8 million change primarily reflects the $53 million repayment of subordinated debt in 2013, resulting in a net $45 million 

decrease, $38.5 million common share dividend payments in 2013, net deposit and repurchase agreement increases of $16.9 million and the  

$6.0 million increase of share buy-backs. 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
The Bank, in the normal course of business, holds assets under administration and assets under management in a fiduciary or agency capacity for 

our clients. In accordance with US GAAP, these assets are not assets of the Bank and are not included in our consolidated balance sheet.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   33

 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit-Related Arrangements 
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, 

which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these totals do not 

necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an 

unusual nature.

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client’s payment or performance 

obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the 

guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary’s claim 

against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, whilst the term of the letters of guarantee does not 

exceed four years.

Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk 

should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters 

of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of 

collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee is generally represented by our deposits or a charge over 

assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover 

the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security. 

The following table sets forth the outstanding financial guarantees with contractual amounts representing credit risk: 

Collateral is shown at estimated market value less selling cost. Where cash is the collateral, it is shown in gross amounts including interest income.

As at 31 December 

(in $ millions) 
Standby letters of credit 

Letters of guarantee 
Total 

Gross 

294.6 

12.4 

307.0 

2013 

Collateral 

292.2 

9.1 

301.3 

Net 
2.4 
3.3 
5.7 

Gross 
280.1 

11.2 

291.3 

2012

Collateral 
277.3 

8.7 

286.0 

Net
2.8

2.5

5.3

Contractual Obligations (Including Subordinated Debt)
We enter into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and 

for specific purposes. These credit arrangements are subject to our normal credit standards and collateral is obtained where appropriate. 

Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon clients maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. 

Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for possible 

loan losses.

Effective 1 October 2010, the Bank had retained Carlyle Investment Management LLC, an affiliated company of the Carlyle Group, to provide 

balance sheet management advisory services, including advisory services on valuation assignments, for an annual fee of $4 million for a three-year 

period. Effective 31 July 2012, the investment advisory business previously conducted by Carlyle Investment Management LLC was transferred to 

Alumina Investment Management LLC (“Alumina”) and the Bank agreed to the transfer of its contract to Alumina.

The Bank has a facility, by one of its custodians, whereby the Bank may offer up to $200 million of standby letters of credit to its customers on a 

fully secured basis. Under the standard terms of the facility, the custodian has the right to set-off against securities held of 110% of the utilised 

facility. At 31 December 2013, $149.2 million (31 December 2012: $137.0 million) of standby letters of credit were issued under this facility. The 

contractual amounts for these commitments represent the maximum payments we would have to make should the contracts be fully drawn, the 

counterparty default, and any collateral held prove to be of no value. Commitments, when drawn, would be funded from our free cash resources. 

We enter into other contractual obligations in the normal course of business. Certain of these obligations, such as subordinated debt, are recorded 

as liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Other items, such as sourcing agreements, operating leases and other purchase contracts, are not 

required to be recorded on the Balance Sheet. Expected cash payments associated with subordinated debt are based on principal payment dates. 

See “Note 19: Subordinated Capital” in the 31 December 2013 consolidated financial statements for terms of subordinated debt arrangements and 

interest obligations.

34

 
 
 
 
   
 
The $75.4 million contractual obligation in respect of sourcing—for Bermuda and the Cayman Islands— relates to an eight-year agreement entered 

into in October 2008 with global technology service provider Hewlett Packard (“HP”) (previously EDS) to supply technology infrastructure and 

application development management, information security and technical support for our locations in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. In 2011, 

working with HP, we completed the transition of all our business applications and legacy systems in these locations to a new, common platform 

that is centrally managed. Under our agreement with HP, server management and maintenance, technology field support, application support and 

development and help desk functions are managed by HP.  

We have entered into additional contractual obligations in the normal course of business which are not significant to the amounts above. 

RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk Governance
The Group’s risk governance and management structure is illustrated below:

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

RISK POLICY & COMPLIANCE
COMMITTEE 

AUDIT COMMITTEE

GROUP RISK COMMITTEE

GROUP ASSET & LIABILITY
COMMITTEE 

GROUP CREDIT COMMITTEE

PROVISION & IMPAIRMENTS
COMMITTEE 

POLICY DEVELOPMENT
COMMITTEE 

JURISDICTIONAL BUSINESS UNITS & OVERSIGHT COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) has overall responsibility for determining risk strategy, setting the Bank’s risk appetite and ensuring that risk is 

monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:

The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee: This committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group’s risk profile 
and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group’s 

policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, 

liquidity, interest rate, operational and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.

The Audit Committee: This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls and the control 
environment, including those that are brought to bear in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal 

and independent audit review activities and Management’s response to any findings raised.

Both the Risk Policy & Compliance and Audit Committees are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, 

Compliance & Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey and Caribbean operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management 

policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive 

Directors drawn from our jurisdictional Boards.

The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman  & Chief Executive Officer (the “Chairman”) and includes the members of executive 

management reporting directly to the Chairman. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, 

evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following committees:

The Group Risk Committee (“GRC”) is comprised of executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. It 
provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   35

legal and regulatory compliance, operational, interest rate, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent 

with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board. It is responsible for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the 

Group’s Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile (“CARP”) process (including all associated stress testing 

performed) and the Group’s key risk policies to the Board for approval, for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in 

the context of our risk appetites and for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans.

The Group Asset & Liability Committee (“GALCO”) is comprised of executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the 
Chief Financial Officer. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet 

issues. It also oversees the execution of the Group’s investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. 

It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank’s 

jurisdictional business units.

The Group Credit Committee (“GCC”) is comprised of executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. 
The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across 

the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee (FIC), a 

dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in 

the Group’s treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the European Credit Committee, which reviews and approves transactions 

within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the Group Credit Committee for approval.

The Provision & Impairments Committee is comprised of executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Chief Risk 
Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk 

profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by local credit committees and the 

Group Credit Committee, which make recommendations to this committee. 

The Policy Development Committee is comprised of senior management team members across the Group and is chaired by the Group Head of 
Compliance. The committee is responsible for overseeing the design, development and maintenance of the Group’s framework of operational 

policies. It develops recommendations regarding policy requirements, engages with nominated members of executive management to ensure 

that policies are drafted or updated on a timely basis and provides a forum through which they are debated Group-wide prior to their adoption, 

thereby ensuring a consistency of application and interpretation. It also ensures that all policies and any policy exception requests are reviewed 

and recommended prior to presentation to the Group Risk Committee and if necessary, the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board for 

approval.

Risk Management
The Group manages its exposure to risk through a three “lines of defence” model. This may be summarised as follows:

The first “line of defence” is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for 
bearing the cost of risk associated with these exposures.

The second “line of defence” is provided by the Risk Management group, which works in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, 
mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. It does this by:

•  Making recommendations to the Group Risk Committee regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;

• 

• 

Setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning 

them with agreed appetites;

Establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;

•  Measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;

• 

• 

Opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits;

Identifying and assessing emerging risks. 

The four functions within the Risk Management group that support our risk management activities are outlined below. To ensure a formal 

separation of duties, each reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer.

Group Market Risk – This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding 
risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with the Group’s investment portfolios. It also 

monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and the Group’s internal policies and procedures relating to the management of 

these risks.

36

 
 
 
 
 
Group Credit Risk Management – This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail 
and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also 

establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures 

should be managed and monitored.

Group Compliance – This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of the Group’s compliance with applicable laws, regulations, 
codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of money laundering and terrorist 

financing. It is also responsible for assessing the Group’s potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the 

preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect.

Group Operational Risk – This unit assesses the effectiveness of the Group’s procedures and internal controls in managing its exposure to 
various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new 

technologies. It also oversees the Group’s incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of its loss data collection activities.

The third “line of defence” is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenge of 
the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by both the business and Risk Management. This includes the review of the 

accuracy of the underlying data and appropriateness of the stress testing methodologies that are executed as a part of our Capital Adequacy  

& Risk Profile (CARP) process.

The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved 

formally by the Board of Directors, it communicates a willingness to take on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines 

those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and 

establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviours that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It 

is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders, feeds into our business planning processes, and shapes our discussions on risk matters generally.

Our framework comprises the following elements:

(i).  Nine broad categories of risk: credit; market; liquidity; legal & regulatory; governance; process & technology; people; country & political; and 

reputational. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its  

strategic goals. 

(ii).  For each risk category, there is a declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the 

three options set out in the table below, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward  

profile assumed:

APPETITE 

Averse

Cautious

DEFINITION 

   PROFILE

The Group will work to avoid exposure to this risk given its 
potential for financial loss, reputational damage, and/or the loss 
of customer and/or investor confidence. 

Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on 
detection and prevention.

Given the potential for financial loss, reputational damage, and 
the loss of customer and/or investor confidence, the Group will 
be very selective in the exposures assumed to this risk and will 
monitor it closely.  

Security is favoured over reward. Exposures are only 
assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is 
assessed as being acceptable.  

Open

The Group will consider opportunities to accept this risk and will 
accept those that fall within clearly defined parameters. The risk of 
loss or reputational damage is accepted but the exposure can be 
estimated reliably and can be managed to a tolerable level. 

Reward is commensurate with the risk assumed. Exposures 
can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and 
processes are in place to manage it.  

(iii).  A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to 

assume and the management behaviours that we should exhibit when doing so. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which 

are designed to reflect both forward looking as well as historical perspectives), are designed to provide executive management and the Board 

with an indication of the “direction” of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments 

requiring remedial action. The metrics are monitored independently by the Group Risk function and are measured against actual results. The 

results of these analyses are reported to management at all levels of the organisation and are reviewed regularly by Group Risk, executive 

management, and the Board of Directors in the performance of their oversight activities. 

Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management function in an effort to 

express as complete a “picture” as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a 

formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. 

Through this approach, the Risk Appetite Framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviours at all 

levels of the organisation and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk 

appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local Risk Management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the 

establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. Group Risk has reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and has modified any 

appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach. 

Credit Ratings
Our credit ratings are provided in the table below: 

As at 31 December 2013 
Short-term deposits 

Long-term deposits and debt 

  Standard  

Moody’s 

Fitch  

& Poor’s 
A2 

BBB+ 

P2 

A3 

F1

A-

38

Jurisdiction and 
Business Line 
Overviews

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   39

Bermuda

For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to Butterfield’s 

Provisions for credit losses were $12.7 million, up $6.3 million from 

headquarters and remains the Bank’s largest jurisdiction in terms of 

the prior year due largely to increased impairment of non-performing 

number of employees, Banking Centre locations and business volume. 

hospitality loans and residential mortgages. 

Recognised in 2013 as Bermuda’s Bank of the Year by The Banker and 

Bermuda’s Best Private Bank by Euromoney, Butterfield is Bermuda’s 

Non-interest income of $62.0 million for the year ended 31 December 

largest independent bank, offering a full range of community banking 

2013 was down $3.6 million, or 5.5%, reflecting lower revenues of  

services and wealth management services, including private banking, 

$6.0 million from banking, asset management and custody fees, which 

asset management and personal trust. Butterfield also provides 

were partially offset by increased foreign exchange revenues of  

services to corporate and institutional clients in Bermuda, which 

$2.2 million.

include asset management and corporate trust services.

Net income before gains and losses was $33.8 million for the year 

2013 due to reduced headcount, a reduction in senior management 

ended 31 December 2013, up $8.7 million from $25.1 million in the prior 

compensation, savings from technology, and other expense 

Non-interest expenses declined by $12.5 million to $152.3 million in 

year, despite a $3.8 million drop in revenue, due principally to cost 

management initiatives.

management initiatives and higher income from our investment portfolio. 

Net gains of $7.0 million during the year were favourable by $19.9 million 

Total assets as at 31 December 2013 were $4.6 billion, consistent with 

compared to net losses of $13.0 million in 2012, primarily due to one-off 

year-end 2012. Customer deposits ended the year at $3.6 billion, up 

gains and reduced valuation allowances required on foreclosed 

$0.3 billion from year-end 2012, and loan balances ended the year at 

properties. Net income after gains and losses was $40.8 million,  

$2.1 billion, a decrease of $0.1 billion from year-end 2012.

an increase of $28.7 million from $12.1 million in the prior year.

Net interest income before provisions for credit losses increased by 

businesses were $35.6 billion and $31.2 billion, respectively, whilst 

$6.1 million to $136.9 million in 2013 due to an increase of $11.2 million 

assets under management decreased by $0.3 billion to $2.8 billion  

in investment income and $3.3 million in lower subordinated debt 

from year-end 2012. 

Client assets under administration for the trust and custody  

interest expense. This was partially offset by reduced loan revenue of  

$8.4 million as a result of prepayments and soft loan demand, which 

drove a decline in the loan portfolio. 

40

 
 
(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income 

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income   

Revenue before gains and losses  

Total expenses   

Net income before gains and losses  

Net gains (losses) 
Net income  

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses  
Total assets   

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services   

Trust  

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds   

Other assets under management  
Total assets under management 

2013 
136,900 
(12,708) 
61,986 
186,178 
(152,344) 
33,834 
6,953 
40,787 

2012 
130,780 

(6,372) 

65,559 

189,967 

(164,879) 

25,088 

(12,974) 

12,114 

$ change 
6,120 

(6,336) 

(3,573) 

(3,789) 

12,535 

8,746 

19,927 

28,673 

% change
4.7%

(99.4%)

(5.5%)

(2.0%)

7.6%

34.9%

153.6%

236.7%

3,551 
2,075 
4,624 

3,256 

2,208 

4,624 

31,198 
35,621 

27,819 

30,062 

1,956 
805 
2,761 

2,335 

747 

3,082 

295 

(133) 

- 

3,379 

5,559 

(379) 

58 

(321) 

9.1%

(6.0%)

-

12.1%

18.5%

(16.2%)

7.8%

(10.4%)

Number of employees 

554 

624 

(70) 

(11.2%)

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cayman Islands

Butterfield is a leading financial services provider in the Cayman 

Provisions for credit losses were $3.6 million compared to $1.3 million 

Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate 

in the prior year. The increase of $2.3 million resulted primarily from a 

financial services. In addition to our strong retail presence, Butterfield 

general provision increase relating to the increase in loans and specific 

is also focused on our wealth management offering through an 

provisions on certain residential mortgages and commercial loans. 

award-winning private banking service, as well as asset management 

and trust services. 

Non-interest income was $32.2 million, up $1.2 million from the prior 

year. The increase was due primarily to higher banking fees driven 

Named Bank of the Year in 2013 by The Banker, Butterfield enhanced 

by net card revenues, foreign exchange revenues, and trust income, 

its client delivery channels through the introduction of mobile banking 

partially offset by lower asset management revenues.

and the American Airlines® affinity credit card products during the 

year. With three Banking Centres in excellent locations and 13 ATMs 

Non-interest expenses decreased $0.2 million, year over year, to 

strategically located in Grand Cayman, Butterfield continues to be a 

$54.7 million (including $1.1 million in early retirement and severance 

leader in the provision of financial services locally.

costs). Improvements were noted in salaries that declined by 

Net income before gains and losses for the year ending 31 December 

by $0.8 million due to lower outsourcing costs, and marketing costs that 

2013 was $25.9 million, up $6.5 million from the prior year. The increase 

were lower by $0.1 million. These reductions were largely offset 

was due primarily to an improvement in loan and investment income, 

by increased government license and work permit fees of $0.7 million 

banking fees, foreign exchange and trust revenues, coupled with a 

and increased loan administration fees of $0.5 million. 

reduction in salaries and technology expenses. Net income for the 

year was $25.4 million, an increase of $1.5 million from the prior year. 

Total assets at 31 December 2013 were $2.3 billion, up $0.2 billion 

$0.5 million due to lower headcount, technology costs, which declined 

Net interest income before loan loss provisions was $52.0 million in 

increased by $0.2 billion from year-end 2012 to end at $1.0 billion. The 

2013, an improvement of $7.4 million compared to 2012. The increase 

available-for-sale investments at $0.5 billion at the end of fiscal 2013 

was driven primarily by an improvement in loan income of $3.8 million 

were down $0.1 billion, year over year. 

from year-end 2012, reflecting higher client deposit levels. Net loans 

as loans increased by $246 million. Investment income was up  

$3.3 million resulting from an average $148 million increase in  

Client assets under administration for the trust and custody businesses 

available-for-sale securities, but partially offset by a reduction of  

were $1.6 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, whilst assets under 

$86 million in floating rate notes. Deposit liability costs were  

management were $0.7 billion at year-end 2013.

$0.5 million lower following the maturity of the step-up deposit  

product in 2012. 

42

 
(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income  

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses     

Total expenses     

Net income before gains and losses   

Net gains (losses)     
Net income    

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses   
Total assets 

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services 

Trust 

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds   

Other assets under management 
Total assets under management 

Number of employees 

2013 
51,981 
(3,554) 
32,175 
80,602 
(54,674) 
25,928 
(492) 
25,436 

2012 
44,633  

(1,291) 

30,940  

74,282  

(54,829)  

19,453  

4,497  

23,950  

$ change 
7,348 

(2,263) 

1,235 

6,320 

155 

6,475 

(4,989) 

1,486 

% change
16.5%

(175.3%)

4.0%

8.5%

0.3%

33.3%

(110.9%)

6.2%

2,071 
951 
2,309 

1,323 
1,591 

139 
541 
680 

273 

1,862  

705  

2,117  

1,417  

1,710  

176  

621  

797  

297  

209 

246 

192 

(94) 

(119) 

(37) 

(80) 

(117) 

11.2%

34.9%

9.1%

(6.6%)

(7.0%)

(21.0%)

(12.9%)

(14.7%)

(24) 

(8.1%)

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Guernsey

In Guernsey, Butterfield offers private banking, lending, asset 

Non-interest income decreased $0.3 million to $19.7 million due to 

management, custody, administered banking and fiduciary services.

adverse exchange rate fluctuations. Underlying the foreign exchange 

fluctuations, improvements in foreign exchange activities and higher 

Guernsey posted net income before gains and losses of $7.4 million in 

banking services revenues were offset by lower asset management and 

2013, compared to $9.8 million in 2012, a decrease of $2.4 million, due 

banking services income. 

primarily to higher interest and non-interest expenses.

Total expenses at $31.9 million were $1.1 million higher than 2012 due 

Net interest income before provisions for credit losses declined by 

to increases in technology, property and other expenses.

$1.8 million to $19.8 million in 2013, compared to $21.6 million last 

year, attributable to lower yields on our investment portfolio and 

Total assets at 31 December 2013 of $1.4 billion were lower than 

higher interest expense. This was partially offset by higher loan interest 

year-end 2012, driven by lower customer deposit balances that 

income from an increase in average loan balances. Interest expense 

reduced investment balances.

increased by $1.2 million as a greater proportion of customer deposits 

moved towards higher rate, longer-term notice accounts.

Client assets under administration for the trust business were  

Provisions for credit losses were $0.1 million compared to  

assets under administration for the custody and administered banking 

$10.1 billion in 2013, up slightly from $9.9 billion in 2012. Similarly, 

$1.0 million in 2012. 

businesses were $9.7 billion, up $0.7 billion (7.8%) over 2012. Client 

assets under management were lower than the prior year at $0.4 billion 

from loss of client mandates.

44

(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income 

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses  

Total expenses   

Net income before gains and losses  

Net gains (losses) 
Net income 

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 
Total assets 

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services  

Trust   

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds 

Other assets under management 
Total assets under management 

Number of employees 

2013 
19,808 
(125) 
19,678 
39,361 
(31,945) 
7,416 
(378) 
7,038 

1,291 
563 
1,438 

9,660 
10,108 

72 
352 
424 

175 

2012 
21,564 

(980) 

20,005 

40,589 

(30,810) 

9,779 

(31) 

9,748 

$ change 
(1,756) 

% change
(8.1%)

855 

(327) 

(1,228) 

(1,135) 

(2,363) 

87.2%

(1.6%)

(3.0%)

(3.7%)

(24.2%)

(347) 

(1,119.2%)

(2,710) 

(27.8%)

1,370 

533 

1,522 

8,958 

9,905 

246 

343 

589 

175 

(79) 

30 

(84) 

702 

203 

(5.8%)

5.6%

(5.5%)

7.8%

2.0%

(174) 

9 

(165) 

(70.7%)

2.6%

(28.0%)

- 

-

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
United Kingdom

In the UK, Butterfield provides a range of traditional private banking, 

Provisions for loan losses improved by $7.0 million as 2013 recorded 

lending, treasury and investment management services. This includes 

a net recovery of $1.5 million following recoveries from two previously 

the provision of family office services to high net worth international 

written off facilities. This compares to loan losses of $5.5 million in 2012, 

clients through the expertise within the Butterfield Group.

relating to legacy commercial loan facilities.

The UK recorded net income of $4.2 million in 2013, up $28.8 million 

Total assets at $828.3 million at year-end 2013 were down $97.1 million 

as compared to a loss of $24.6 million in 2012. The improvement is 

from $925.4 million at year-end 2012. Loan balances were $497 million 

driven largely by 2012 events that included $16.6 million of goodwill 

in 2013, stable from year-end 2012. Customer deposit balances at  

and intangible write-downs and a $5.0 million one-time tax adjustment. 

year-end 2012 of $709.3 million fell by $102.7 million to $606.6 million, 

After excluding these 2012 items and adjusting 2013 net income for  

due largely to a strategy adopted to focus on high net worth private 

$1.1 million of non-core redundancy costs, core earnings were  

clients and exit non-core clients.

$5.3 million in 2013 compared to a 2012 loss of $3.0 million, an 

improvement of $8.3 million.

Assets under management of $291 million were up $54 million 

from $237 million at year-end 2012. Custody client assets under 

Net interest income before credit provisions of $14.9 million was 

administration at the end of 2013 amounted to $1.5 billion.

up $0.7 million from $14.2 million at year-end 2012. The increase 

was due to a revised pricing strategy on customer deposit products, 

more reflective of the UK market and higher levels of interest income 

collected on past due loans.

46

 
(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income 

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses 

Total expenses  

Net income before gains and losses   

Net gains (losses) 
Net income  

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 
Total assets 

2013 
14,932 
1,504 
7,384 
23,820 
(19,841) 
3,979 
181 
4,160 

2012 
14,197 

(5,547) 

8,177 

16,827 

(24,565) 

(7,738) 

(16,895) 

(24,633) 

$ change 
735 

% change
5.2%

7,051 

(793) 

6,993 

4,724 

11,717 

17,076 

28,793 

127.1%

(9.7%)

41.6%

19.2%

151.4%

101.1%

116.9%

607 
497 
828 

709 

507 

925 

(102) 

(10) 

(97) 

(14.4%)

(2.0%)

(10.5%)

Assets under administration – custody  

1,506 

1,662 

(156) 

(9.4%)

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds 

Other assets under management 
Total assets under management 

Number of employees 

97 
194 
291 

97 

77 

160 

237 

98 

20 

34 

54 

(1) 

26.0%

21.3%

22.8%

(1.0%)

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Group Asset Management

Butterfield Asset Management focuses on fulfilling the financial needs 

Group Asset Management revenue was $18.1 million in 2013, compared 

of those who demand the highest levels of service and expertise. Each 

to $22.3 million in 2012. The decrease of $4.2 million is due principally 

client has direct access to his or her portfolio manager who is, in turn, 

to lower short-term interest rates and their trickle-down effect on 

supported by a Group investment discipline designed to leverage 

Money Market Fund management fee income. In addition, the prior 

resources from across the organisation, including a Core Strategy and 

year’s revenue was higher with Bentley Reid’s investment management 

Research team based in the United Kingdom. 

agreement in the United Kingdom still in effect for the first half of 2012. 

The Group provides a broad range of investment services to 

Assets under management were $4.2 billion at year-end 2013, 

institutional and private clients in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, 

compared to $4.7 billion at the end of 2012. Withdrawals of Money 

Guernsey, and the United Kingdom. Principal services include 

Market Fund balances during the year were responsible for the 

discretionary investment management and managed portfolio services. 

$0.5 billion decline, as clients continued to seek out better-yielding 

Advisory and self-directed brokerage options are available to clients 

alternatives for short-term investments. Assets under discretionary 

in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. The Group also provides money 

management increased slightly from year-end 2012 as investors 

market and mutual fund offerings in all four jurisdictions. Institutional 

returned to the markets. 

clients consist primarily of captive insurance companies in Bermuda 

and the Cayman Islands. Private clients are high net worth individuals 

and their fiduciary vehicles served from all four jurisdictions. Retail and 

mass affluent clients are served from Bermuda and the Cayman Islands 

as part of Butterfield’s community banking platform. 

2013 

Other 

assets  

805 

541 

352 

- 

194 

1,892 

Total AUM 
2,761 
680 
424 
40 
291 
4,196 

Butterfield 

2012

Other

Funds 
2,335 

176 

246 

35 

77 

2,869 

assets  
747 

Total AUM
3,082

621 

343 

- 

160 

1,871 

797

589

35

237

4,740

Total assets under management (“AUM”) at 31 December:

Butterfield  

Funds 

1,956 

139 

72 

40 

97 

2,304 

(in $ millions) 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

The Bahamas 

UK 
Total 

48

  
 
 
 
 
 
Group Trust

Our trust and corporate services specialists deliver fiduciary solutions 

Bahamas, Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and Switzerland. To 

to meet a range of client needs, including estate and succession 

this end, training and continual professional development for our staff 

planning, administration of complex asset holdings, and efficient 

remained a priority in 2013. Active participation by our personnel in 

co-ordination for the affairs of international families; as well as the 

their local branches of leading trust industry associations and bodies 

pension, employee benefit and other fiduciary requirements of 

such as the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners also assists our 

multinational corporations and institutions. Butterfield was recently 

employees in remaining at the forefront of their areas of expertise. 

recognised as one of the leading international finance firms at the 

Citywealth International Financial Centre Awards, receiving two awards: 

Trust revenues are derived from a combination of fixed fees, fees 

2013 Trust Company of the Year - Caribbean; and Trust Company of the 

based on the market values of assets held in trust and fees based 

Year - Switzerland.

on time spent in relation to the range of personal trust and company 

administration services, and the pension, employee benefit and other 

Alongside our traditional strengths in providing services to families 

corporate and institutional trust services we provide.

and institutions connected with the United Kingdom, North America, 

and Europe, in 2013 we continued to build relationships with clients 

In 2013, trust revenues totalled $30.4 million, an increase of 4.4% from 

connected to the Asian and Latin American regions.

2012. Significant new business development and growth occurred 

in Switzerland, Bermuda, and in our corporate and institutional 

Our goal is to deliver consistently reliable service to our clients, 

trust services area. In addition, increasing pipelines were noted in 

underpinned by the technical expertise and competencies of our  

our Bahamas, Guernsey and Cayman businesses. Trust revenues 

multi-jurisdictional team, which operates through separately 

represented 24.1% of total non-interest income in 2013, up from 22.7% 

incorporated trust businesses in our jurisdictions of choice, The 

in 2012.  

Total Trust assets under administration (“Trust AUA”) at 31 December:

(in $ millions) 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

Switzerland 

The Bahamas 
Total 

2013 
35,621 
1,591 
10,108 
2,566 
3,370 
53,256 

2012 
30,062 

1,710 

9,905 

2,142 

3,250 

47,069 

$ change 
5,559 

% change
18.5%

(119) 

203 

424 

120 

6,187 

(7.0%)

2.0%

19.8%

3.7%

13.1%

Butterfield Annual Report 2013   49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial 
Statements

50

Management’s Financial Reporting Responsibility 

The Management of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements 

contained in this report, which covers all of the interests of the Bank. Management has fully disclosed its income, assets, liabilities and off balance 

sheet commitments. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 

States of America and, where appropriate, are based on the best estimates and judgment of management. 

Management has established and maintains a system of financial reporting and internal controls to provide reasonable assurance that transactions 

are properly authorised and recorded, assets are protected against unauthorised use or disposition and liabilities are recognised. These 

procedures include the careful selection and training of qualified staff, the establishment of organisational structures providing an appropriate and 

well-defined division of responsibilities, and the communication of policies and standards of business conduct throughout the Bank. 

The system of internal controls is further supported by a professional staff of internal auditors who conduct periodic inspections of all aspects of 

the Bank’s operations. In addition, the Bank’s Head of Group Internal Audit reports to, and has full and free access to the Audit Committee of the 

Board of Directors. 

The Audit Committee, composed entirely of Directors who are not employees of the Bank, reviews the financial statements before such statements 

are approved by the Board of Directors and submitted to the Bank’s shareholders. The Committee meets and consults regularly with management, 

the internal auditors and our external independent auditors to review the scope and results of their work. 

Under the provisions of the Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969, the Bermuda Monetary Authority is charged with the supervision of the 

Bank. Such supervision is in line with international practices and combines a comprehensive system of statistical returns, providing a detailed 

breakdown of the balance sheet and statement of operations of the Bank, and regular meetings with the senior management of the Bank. Such 

regular reviews are intended to satisfy the Authority that the safety and interests of the depositors, creditors and shareholders of the Bank are 

being duly observed and that the Bank is in a sound financial condition. 

The accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers, the shareholders’ independent auditors, has examined the consolidated financial statements 

of the Bank in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America and have expressed their opinion in their 

report to the shareholders. The auditors have unrestricted access to, and meet periodically with, the Audit Committee to review their findings 

regarding internal controls over the financial reporting process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues. Management has made available to 

PricewaterhouseCoopers all of the Bank’s financial records and related data, as well as the minutes of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings. 

Brendan McDonagh
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 
25 February 2014

John Maragliano
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
25 February 2014

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    51

February 25, 2014 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & 
Son Limited and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 
and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in 
(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:182)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:75)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:90)(cid:86)(cid:3)for the years then ended. 

Management’s responsibility for the consolidated financial statements 
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial 
statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; 
this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation 
and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error. 

Auditor’s responsibility 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of 
America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.  

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in 
the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to 
fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the (cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:92)(cid:182)(cid:86)(cid:3)
preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on 
the effectiveness of the (cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:92)(cid:182)(cid:86) internal control.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit 
also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of 
significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of 
the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Chartered Accountants,  P.O. Box HM 1171, Hamilton HM EX, Bermuda 
T: +1 (441) 295 2000, F:+1 (441) 295 1242, www.pwc.com/bermuda 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opinion 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and its subsidiaries at 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then 
ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Chartered Accountants 

Reference: Independent Auditor’s Report on the Financial Statements of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 
as at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended 
February 25, 2013 
Page 2 of 2 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 

(in thousands of Bermuda dollars) 

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

As at

Assets   
   Cash and demand deposits with banks 
   Cash equivalents 
Total cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Debt and equity securities 
    Trading 
    Available for sale 
    Held to maturity 
Total investments in debt and equity securities 
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 
Premises, equipment and computer software 
Accrued interest 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Investments in affiliates 
Other real estate owned  
Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities  
Customer deposits 
    Non-interest bearing 
    Interest bearing 
    Total customer deposits 
Bank deposits 
Total deposits 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
Employee future benefits 
Accrued interest 
Preference share dividends payable 
Other liabilities 
Total other liabilities  
Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 
Common share capital (BMD 0.01 par; authorised shares 26,000,000,000)  
    issued and outstanding: 549,803,460 (2012: 549,677,803) 
Preference share capital (USD 0.01 par; USD 1,000 liquidation preference) 
    issued and outstanding: 183,606  (2012: 195,578) 
Contingent value convertible preference share capital (USD 0.01 par) 
    issued and outstanding: 7,129,075 (2012: 7,254,732) 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Less: treasury common shares: 8,310,421 shares (2012: 7,066,586 shares) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Brendan McDonagh
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

54

 411,124  
 1,319,348  
 1,730,472  
 54,981  

 53,328  
 2,226,921  
 333,394  
 2,613,643  
 4,088,225  
 240,603  
 19,621  
 7,086  
 12,035  
 12,533  
 27,407  
 64,209  
 8,870,815  

 1,012,973  
 6,584,756  
 7,597,729  
 40,222  
 7,637,951  
 25,535  
 89,109  
 3,825  
 616  
 104,218  
 223,303  
 207,000  
 8,068,254  

 5,498  

 2  

 71  
 1,344,755  
 (460,157) 
 (10,948) 
 (76,660) 
 802,561  
 8,870,815  

 367,050 
 1,175,476 
 1,542,526 
 76,213 

 61,785 
 2,580,577 
 239,342 
 2,881,704 
 3,955,960 
 243,321 
 18,975 
 6,949 
 15,327 
 18,637 
 34,360 
 39,037 
 8,833,009 

 918,814 
 6,347,958 
 7,266,772 
 126,466 
 7,393,238 
 109,021 
 103,135 
 2,795 
 662 
 106,984 
 322,597 
 260,000 
 7,975,835  

 5,496 

 2 

 73 
 1,355,689 
 (482,796)
 (8,767)
 (12,523)
 857,174 
   8,833,009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 

(in thousands of Bermuda dollars, except per share data) 

For the year ended

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

Non-interest income  
    Asset management 
    Banking 
    Foreign exchange revenue 
    Trust   
    Custody and other administration services 
    Other non-interest income 
Total non-interest income 
Interest income  
    Loans  
    Investments 
    Deposits with banks 
Total interest income 
Interest expense 
    Deposits 
    Subordinated capital 
    Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 
    Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 
Net trading gains 
Net realised (losses) gains on available for sale investments 
Net realised / unrealised losses on other real estate owned 
Impairment of fixed assets 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill  
Net gain on sales of affiliates and subsidiary 
Impairment of investment in affiliate 
Net other gains 
Total other gains (losses) 
Total net revenue 
Non-interest expense 
    Salaries and other employee benefits 
    Technology and communications 
    Property 
    Professional and outside services 
    Non-income taxes 
    Amortisation of intangible assets 
    Marketing 
    Other expenses 
Total non-interest expense 
Net income before income taxes from continuing operations 
Income tax expense 
Net income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
    Income from discontinued operations before income tax expense 
    Gain on sale of discontinued operations 
    Income tax expense 
Net income from discontinued operations 
Net income 
Earnings per common share  
    Basic earnings per share 
    Diluted earnings per share 
    Basic earnings per share from continuing operations 
    Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations 

 18,067  
 32,490  
 29,311  
30,410  
 10,232  
 5,453  
 125,963  

 187,042  
 60,875  
 5,291  
 253,208  

 19,973  
 9,186  
 240  
 29,399  
 223,809  
 (14,825) 
 208,984  
 315  
 (61) 
 (5,000) 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,227  
 (3,800) 
 14,068  
 6,749  
 341,696  

 131,064  
 54,223  
 24,309  
 15,012  
 13,682  
 3,358  
 3,484  
 17,513  
 262,645  
 79,051  
 (891) 
 78,160  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 78,160  

 0.11  
 0.11  
 0.11  
 0.11  

 22,323 
 33,713 
 26,524 
 29,122 
 10,646 
 6,215 
 128,543 

 190,691 
 49,117 
 4,999 
 244,807 

 20,511 
 12,573 
 18 
 33,102 
 211,705 
 (14,190)
 197,515 
 268 
 2,028 
 (2,053)
 (14,527)
 (9,143)
 (9,505)
 4,231 
 - 
 1,389 
 (27,312)
 298,746 

 137,433 
 57,715 
 26,129 
 15,409 
 13,158  
 5,040 
 3,963 
 16,048 
 274,895 
 23,851 
 (5,890)
 17,961 

 693 
 7,240 
 (313)
 7,620 
 25,581 

 0.01 
 0.01 
 -   
 -   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of Bermuda dollars)

Net income 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes 
Net change in unrealised gains on translation of net investment in foreign operations 
Net change in unrealised (losses) gains on available-for-sale investments 
Employee future benefits adjustments 
Other comprehensive (loss) income 

Total comprehensive income  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

For the year ended

31 December 2013 
 78,160  

31 December 2012
 25,581 

 2,855  
 (84,917) 
 17,925  
 (64,137) 

 14,023  

 834 
 43,118 
 (15,173)
 28,779 

 54,360  

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 

For the year ended 

31 December 2013 

                                 31 December 2012

Number of shares 

In thousands of 
Bermuda dollars 

Number of shares 

In thousands of    
Bermuda dollars

Common share capital issued and outstanding 
Balance at beginning of year 
Conversion of contingent value preference shares  
Balance at end of year  

 549,677,803  
 125,657  
 549,803,460  

Preference shares 
Balance at beginning of year  
Repurchase and cancellation of preference shares 
Balance at end of year 

Contingent value convertible preference shares 
Balance at beginning of year  
Conversion to common shares  
Balance at end of year 

 195,578  
 (11,972) 
 183,606  

 7,254,732  
 (125,657) 
 7,129,075  

Additional paid-in capital 
Balance at beginning of year 
Stock option plan expense 
Share-based compensation settlements 
Reduction of carrying value on repurchase of preference shares 
Premium paid on repurchase of preference shares 
Balance at end of year 

Accumulated deficit 
Balance at beginning of year 
Net income for year 
Common share cash dividends declared and paid ($0.07 per share) 
Cash dividends declared on preference shares 
Preference shares guarantee fee 
Balance at end of year 

Treasury common shares 
Balance at beginning of year 
Share-based settlement 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Share-based compensation settlements 
Balance at end of year 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Balance at beginning of year 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes 
Balance at end of year 
Total shareholders’ equity 

 7,066,586  
 (119,873) 
 4,038,482  
 (2,674,774) 
 8,310,421  

 5,496  
 2  
 5,498  

 549,468,349  
 209,454  
 549,677,803  

 200,000  
 (4,422) 
 195,578  

 7,464,186  
 (209,454) 
 7,254,732  

 2,163,958  
 (150,000) 
 7,260,051  
 (2,207,423) 
 7,066,586  

 2  
 -  
 2  

 73  
 (2) 
 71  

 1,355,689  
 6,347  
 (2,553) 
 (11,972) 
 (2,756) 
 1,344,755  

 (482,796) 
 78,160  
 (38,531) 
 (15,094) 
 (1,896) 
 (460,157) 

 (8,767) 
 173  
 (5,611) 
 3,257  
 (10,948) 

 (12,523) 
 (64,137) 
 (76,660) 
 802,561  

 5,494 
 2 
 5,496 

 2 
 - 
 2 

 75 
 (2)
 73 

 1,377,556 
 5,184 
 (21,662)
 (4,422)
 (967)
 1,355,689 

 (490,377)
 25,581 
 - 
 (16,000)
 (2,000)
 (482,796)

 (21,723)
 293 
 (8,999)
 21,662 
 (8,767)

 (41,302)
 28,779 
 (12,523)
 857,174  

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(in thousands of Bermuda dollars) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net income    
Less: Net income from discontinued operations 
Net income from continuing operations 
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to operating cash flows 
    Depreciation and amortisation 
    Impairment of goodwill 
    Impairment of intangible assets 
    Impairment of fixed assets 
    Increase in carrying value of investments in affiliates 
    Share-based payments and settlements 
    Realised gains on legal settlement 
    Net gain on sales of affiliates and subsidiary 
    Impairment of investment in affiliate 
    Net realised / unrealised losses on other real estate owned 
    Net realised losses (gains) on available-for-sale securities 
    Provision for credit losses 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities 
    (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable 
    (Increase) decrease in other assets 
    Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable 
    Decrease in other liabilities and employee future benefits 

Net change in trading investments 
Cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term investments 
Net proceeds on sale of affiliate 
Net proceeds on sale of subsidiary 
Net proceeds on sale of customer relationships intangible assets 
Proceeds from legal settlement 
Net additions to premises, equipment and computer software 
Proceeds from other real estate owned 
Net (increase) decrease in loans 
Held-to-maturity investments: proceeds from pay downs 
Held-to-maturity investments: purchases 
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from sale  
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs 
Available-for-sale investments: purchases 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Net increase in demand and term deposit liabilities 
Net (decrease) increase in securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
Repayment of subordinated capital 
Common shares repurchased 
Preference shares repurchased 
Proceeds from stock option exercise 
Cash dividends paid on preference shares 
Cash dividends paid on common and contingent value convertible preference shares 
Preference shares guarantee fee paid 
Cash provided by financing activities 
Net effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 
Cash interest paid 
Cash income tax paid 
Non-cash item 
Transfer to other real estate owned 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

58

For the year ended

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

 78,160  
 -  
 78,160  

 44,957  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (1,068) 
 6,520  
 (13,108) 
 (1,227) 
 3,800  
 5,000  
 61  
 14,825  

 (585) 
 (24,716) 
 1,011  
 (2,965) 
 110,665  
 8,464  
 119,129  

 21,393  
 4,598  
 -  
 -  
 13,108  
 (19,169) 
 8,619  
 (133,503) 
 19,435  
 (114,588) 
 387,149  
 1,073,069  
 (1,204,440) 
 55,671  

 215,800  
 (83,486) 
 (53,000) 
 (5,611) 
 (14,852) 
 706  
 (15,015) 
 (38,531) 
 (1,896) 
 4,115  
 9,031  
 187,946  
 1,542,526  
 1,730,472  

 30,410  
 911  

 6,719  

 25,581 
 (7,620)
 17,961 

 46,958 
 9,505 
 9,143 
 14,527 
 (288)
 5,477 
 - 
 (4,231)
 - 
 2,053 
 (2,028)
 14,190 

 5,393 
 22,813 
 (5,129)
 (4,498)
 131,846 
 1,069 
 132,915 

 (55,498)
 18,464 
 41,862 
 1,428 
 - 
 (17,761)
 4,726 
 137,077 
 16,127 
 (191,305)
 414,347 
 1,514,538 
 (2,511,423)
 (627,418)

 40,222 
 109,021 
 (7,946)
 (8,999)
 (5,452)
 - 
 (15,989)
 - 
 (2,000)
 108,857 
 25,446 
 (360,200)
 1,902,726 
 1,542,526 

 28,620 
 1,230 

 13,755 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

(in thousands of Bermuda dollars unless otherwise stated)

NOTE 1: NATURE OF BUSINESS
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (“Butterfield”, “Bank” or the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and has a banking 
license under the Bank and Deposit Companies Act, 1999 (“the Act”). Butterfield is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”), which 
operates in accordance with Basel principles.

Butterfield is a full service community bank and a provider of specialised wealth management services. Services offered include retail, private & corporate 
banking, treasury, custody, asset management and personal & institutional trust services. The Bank provides such services from six jurisdictions: 
Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Switzerland, The Bahamas and the United Kingdom. The Bank holds all applicable licenses required in the 
jurisdictions in which it operates.

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
a. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Bank and its subsidiaries conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States 
of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year, and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical accounting estimates are those that require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently 
uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates in these areas could have a 
material impact on the future financial condition and results of operations. Management believes that the most critical accounting policies upon which 
the financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows: 

• 
• 
•  
•  
• 
• 
• 

Allowance for credit losses
Fair value and impairment of financial instruments
Impairment of long-lived assets
Impairment of goodwill
Income taxes
Employee future benefits
Share-based payments 

b. Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Bank”), and those 
variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where the Company is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Bank 
consolidates subsidiaries where it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights or where it exercises control. The Bank consolidates 
VIEs where it is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The Bank is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary of a 
VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE economic performance and an obligation to absorb 
losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

The determination of whether the Bank meets the criteria to be considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE requires a periodic evaluation of all 
transactions (such as investments, loans and fee arrangements) with the entity. Entities where the Bank holds 20% to 50% of the voting rights and/or 
has the ability to exercise significant influence, other than investments in designated VIEs, are accounted for under the equity method, and the pro rata 
share of their income (loss) is included in other non-interest income.

c. Foreign Currency Translation
Assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in US dollars are translated to Bermuda dollars at par. Assets and liabilities of the parent company 
arising from other foreign currency transactions are translated into Bermuda dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The 
resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

The assets and liabilities of foreign currency-based subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date, whilst 
associated revenues and expenses are translated to Bermuda dollars at the average rates of exchange prevailing throughout the year. Unrealised 
translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency-based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity within 
accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”). Gains and losses on foreign currency-based subsidiaries are recorded in the consolidated statement of 
operations only when realised. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    59

 
 
 
 
d. Assets Held in Trust or Custody
Securities and properties (other than cash and deposits held with the Bank and its subsidiaries) held in trust, custody, agency or fiduciary capacity for 
customers are not included in the consolidated balance sheet because the Bank is not the beneficiary of these assets. 

e. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid 
investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value. Such investments 
are those with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and          
treasury bills. 

f. Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments comprise restricted term and demand deposits and unrestricted term deposits and treasury bills with less than one year but 
greater than three months maturity from the date of acquisition.

g. Investments
Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as trading, available for sale (“AFS”) or held to maturity (“HTM”).

Investments are classified primarily as AFS when used to manage the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity movements, as well as to make 
strategic longer-term investments. AFS investments are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet with unrealised gains and losses 
reported as net increase or decrease to AOCL. Debt and equity securities classified as trading investments are carried at fair value in the consolidated 
balance sheet, with unrealised gains and losses included in the consolidated statement of operations as net realised / unrealised gains (losses) on trading 
investments.

Investments that the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and are carried at amortised cost in the 
consolidated balance sheet. Unrecognised gains and losses on HTM securities are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The 
specific identification method is used to determine realised gains and losses on AFS and HTM investments, which are included in net realised gains and 
losses on AFS and HTM investments, respectively, in the consolidated statement of operations.

Dividend and interest income, including amortisation of premiums and discounts, on securities for which cash flows are not considered uncertain are 
included in interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. For securities with uncertain cash flows, the investments are accounted for 
under the cost recovery method, whereby all principal and coupon payments received are applied as a reduction of the amortised cost and carrying 
amount. Accrual of income is suspended in respect of debt securities that are in default, or from which it is unlikely that future interest payments will be 
received as scheduled.

Contained within other assets are investments in a closed ended fund and private equity companies for which the Bank does not have sufficient rights or 
ownership interests to follow the equity method of accounting. With respect to the closed ended fund, the Bank uses the net asset value as a practical 
expedient for fair value. Unquoted equity investments which are held directly by the Bank and which do not have readily determinable fair values are 
recorded at cost and reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment exist.

Investments in affiliates, which includes investments whereby the Bank has the ability to influence, but not control, the financial or operating policies of 
such entities, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairments
For debt securities, management considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to recover the entire amortised 
cost basis of the security. Investments in debt securities in unrealised loss positions are analysed as part of management’s ongoing assessment of 
other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). When management intends to sell such securities or it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required 
to sell the securities before recovering the amortised cost, it recognises an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortised cost basis 
and the fair value of those securities. When management does not intend to sell or it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell such 
securities before recovering the amortised cost, management determines whether any credit losses exist to identify any OTTI.

Under certain circumstances, management will perform a qualitative determination and consider a variety of factors, including the length of time and 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of 
the issuer or underlying collateral of a security; payment structure of the security; changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; the volatility 
of the fair value changes; and changes in fair value of the security after the balance sheet date. Alternatively, management estimates cash flows over the 
remaining lives of the underlying security to assess whether credit losses exist.

In situations where there is a credit loss, only the amount of impairment relating to credit losses on AFS and HTM investments is recognised in net 
income. For AFS investments, the decrease in fair value relating to factors other than credit losses are recognised in AOCL. Cash flow estimates take into 
account expectations of relevant market and economic data as of the end of the reporting period, including, for example, underlying loan-level data, 
and structural features of securitisation, such as subordination, excess spread, over collateralisation or other forms of credit enhancement. The degree 
of judgment involved in determining the recoverable value of an investment security is dependent upon the availability of observable market prices or 
observable market parameters. When observable market prices and parameters do not exist, judgment is necessary to estimate recoverable value which 
gives rise to added uncertainty in the assessment. The assessment takes into consideration factors such as interest rate changes, movements in credit 
spreads, default rate assumptions, prepayment assumptions, type and quality of collateral, and market sentiment.

60

 
With respect to the pass-through note investment (“PTN”), management compares cash flow projections to fair value and amortised cost to determine 
if any credit losses exist. Management’s cash flow forecast for the PTN was created in conjunction with a specialist in analytical cash flow modelling. 
Management also performs other analyses to support its cash flow projections to assess the reasonability.

Management’s fair valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation, thereby resulting in values 
which may be greater or lower than the actual value at which the investments may be ultimately sold or the ultimate cash flows that may be recovered. 
If the assumptions on which management based its fair valuations change, the Bank may experience additional OTTI or realised losses or gains, and the 
period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.

h. Loans
Loans are reported as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income and net deferred loan fees. Interest income 
is recognised over the term of the loan using the effective interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan, 
except for loans classified as non-accrual.

Impaired loans
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, the Bank determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all non-accruing loans and all loans modified in a 
troubled debt restructuring (‘‘TDR’’) even if full collectability is expected following the restructuring.

When a loan is identified as impaired, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate, except when the sole (remaining) source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In these cases 
the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, is used instead of discounted cash flows.

If the Bank determines that the expected realisable value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous 
charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortised premium or discount), impairment is recognised through an allowance estimate. If the Bank 
determines that part of the allowance is uncollectible, that amount is charged off.

Non-accrual
Commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loans (excluding credit card consumer loans) are placed on non-accrual status generally if:

• 
• 

 in the opinion of management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt; or
 principal or interest is 90 days past due. 

Residential mortgages are placed on non-accrual status immediately if:

in the opinion of management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt; or

• 
•  when principal or interest is 90 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and any ongoing collection efforts are reasonably expected to result 

in repayment of all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan.

Interest income on non-accrual loans is recognised only to the extent it is received in cash. Cash received on non-accrual loans where there is no doubt 
regarding full repayment (no impairment recognised in the form of a specific allowance) is first applied as repayment of the past due principal amount of 
the loan and secondly to past due interest and fees.

Where there is doubt regarding the ultimate full repayment of the non-accrual loan (impairment recognised in the form of a specific allowance), all cash 
received is applied to reduce the principal amount of the loan. Interest income on these loans is recognised only after the entire balance receivable is 
recovered and interest is actually received.

Loans are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Loans Modified in a troubled debt restructuring
A modification of a loan constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification 
constitutes a concession. If a restructuring is considered a TDR, the Bank is required to make certain disclosures in the notes of the consolidated financial 
statements and individually evaluate the restructured loan for impairment. The Bank employs various types of concessions when modifying a loan that it 
would not otherwise consider which may include extension of repayment periods, interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, 
and other actions intended to minimise economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.

Commercial and industrial loans modified in a TDR often involve temporary interest-only payments, term extensions, and converting revolving credit lines 
to term loans. Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is often requested.

Commercial mortgage and construction loans modified in a TDR often involve extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current 
market rate for new debt with similar risk, or substituting or adding a new borrower or guarantor.

Construction loans modified in a TDR may also involve extending the interest-only payment period.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    61

Residential mortgage modifications generally involve a short-term forbearance period after which the missed payments are added to the end of the loan 
term, thereby extending the maturity date. Interest continues to accrue on the missed payments and as a result, the effective yield on the mortgage 
remains unchanged. As the forbearance period usually involves an insignificant payment delay they typically do not meet the reporting criteria for a TDR. 

Automobile loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where the Bank has lowered monthly payments by extending the term.

Loans modified in a TDR are typically already on non-accrual status and partial charge-offs have, in some cases, already been taken against the 
outstanding loan balances.

Loans that have been modified in a TDR are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current for a continuous 
period of six months under the modified terms. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, 
are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan 
modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on 
non-accrual status.

A loan that is modified in a TDR prior to becoming impaired will be left on accrual status if full collectability in accordance with the restructured terms 
is expected. The Bank works with its customers in these difficult economic times and may enter into a TDR for loans that are in default, or at risk of 
defaulting, even if the loan is not impaired.

Delinquencies
The entire balance of an account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment of principal or interest is not received by the specified due date. 
Delinquency is reported on loans that are 30 days or more past due.

Charge-offs
The Bank recognises charge-offs when it determines that loans are uncollectible, and this generally occurs when all commercially reasonable means of 
recovering the loan balance have been exhausted. 

Commercial and consumer loans are either fully or partially charged-off down to the fair value of collateral securing the loans when:

•  management judges the loan to be uncollectible;
• 
• 
• 

repayment is expected to be protracted beyond reasonable time frames;
the asset has been classified as a loss by either the Bank’s internal loan review process or external examiners; or
the customer has filed bankruptcy and the loss becomes evident owing to a lack of assets or cash flow. 

The outstanding balance of commercial and consumer real estate-secured loans and residential mortgages that are in excess of the estimated property 
value, less costs to sell, is charged-off once there is reasonable assurance that such excess outstanding balance is not recoverable.

Credit card consumer loans that are contractually 180 days past due and other consumer loans with an outstanding balance under $100,000 that are 
contractually 180 days past due are written off and reported as charge-offs.

i. Allowance for Credit Losses
The Bank maintains an allowance for credit losses, which in management’s opinion is adequate to absorb all estimated credit-related losses in its lending 
and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements at the balance sheet date. The allowance for credit losses consists of specific allowances and a general 
allowance as follows:

Specific allowances
Specific allowances are determined on an exposure-by-exposure basis and reflect the associated estimated credit loss. The specific allowance for credit 
loss is computed as the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and the present value of expected future cash flows from the loan. The 
effective rate of return on the loan is used for discounting the cash flows. However, when foreclosure of a collateral-dependent loan is probable, the Bank 
measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral. The Bank considers estimated costs to sell, on a discounted basis, in the measurement of 
impairment if those costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the loan. If the measurement of an impaired loan 
is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Bank recognises impairment by creating an allowance with a corresponding charge to provision 
for credit losses.

General allowances
The allowance for credit losses attributed to the remaining portfolio is established through various analyses that estimate the incurred loss at the balance 
sheet date inherent in the lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements portfolios. These analyses consider historical default rates and 
loss severities, internal risk ratings, and geographic, industry, and other environmental factors. Management also considers overall portfolio indicators 
including trends in internally risk rated exposures, cash-basis loans, historical and forecasted write-offs, and a review of industry, geographic and 
portfolio concentrations, including current developments within those segments. In addition, management considers the current business strategy and 
credit process, including limit setting and compliance, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria and loan workout procedures.

62

Each portfolio of smaller balance, homogeneous loans, including consumer installment, revolving credit, and most other consumer loans, is collectively 
evaluated for impairment. The allowance for credit losses attributed to these loans is established via a process that estimates the probable losses 
inherent and incurred in the portfolio, based upon various analyses. Management considers overall portfolio indicators including historical credit 
losses; delinquent (defined as loans that are more than 30 days past due), non-performing, and classified loans; trends in volumes and terms of loans; 
an evaluation of overall credit quality; the credit process, including lending policies and procedures; and economic, geographical, product, and other 
environmental factors.

j. Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets
All business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method. Identifiable intangible assets (mostly customer relationships) are recognised 
separately from goodwill and are initially valued using discounted cash flow calculations and other recognised valuation techniques. Goodwill represents 
the excess of the price paid for the acquisition of a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired. 

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. 
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including the allocated goodwill, exceeds its fair value, goodwill impairment is measured as the excess of 
the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s allocated goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. Other acquired intangible assets with finite 
lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding 15 years. Intangible assets’ estimated lives are re-evaluated 
annually and an impairment test is carried out if certain indicators of impairment exist.

k. Premises, Equipment and Computer Software
Land, buildings, equipment and computer software, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Bank 
generally computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of an asset, which is 50 years for buildings, and three to 10 
years for other equipment. For leasehold improvements the Bank uses the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility 
or the estimated economic life of the improvement. The Bank capitalises certain costs, including interest cost incurred during the development phase, 
associated with the acquisition or development of internal use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the software’s expected useful life, which is between five and 10 years.

Management reviews the recoverability of the carrying amount of premises, equipment and computer software when indicators of impairment exist 
and an impairment charge is recorded when the carrying amount of the reviewed asset is deemed not recoverable by future expected cash flows to be 
derived from the use and disposition of the asset.

l. Other Real Estate Owned 
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is comprised of real estate property held for sale and commercial and residential real estate properties acquired in 
partial or total satisfaction of loans acquired through foreclosure proceedings, acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or by taking possession of 
assets that were used as loan collateral. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. If the recorded investment 
in the loan exceeds the property’s fair value at the time of acquisition, a charge-off is recorded against the specific allowance. If the carrying value of the 
real estate exceeds the property’s fair value at the time of reclassification, an impairment charge is recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. 
Subsequent decreases in the property’s fair value and operating expenses of the property are recognised through charges to non-interest expense.

m. Derivatives
All derivatives are recognised on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value. On the date that the Bank enters into a derivative contract, it 
designates the derivative as: a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (a fair value hedge); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the 
variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognised asset or liability (a cash flow hedge); or an instrument that is held 
for trading or non-hedging purposes (a trading or non-hedging instrument).

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged 
asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current year earnings. When the hedge is highly effective, the changes in the fair 
value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive 
loss (“OCL”), until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded in current 
year earnings.

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a foreign currency hedge is recorded in either current year earnings or 
OCL, depending on whether the hedging relationship satisfies the criteria for a fair value or cash flow hedge when the hedge is highly effective. If, 
however, a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the changes in the derivative’s fair value, to the extent that the 
derivative is effective as a hedge, are recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account within OCL. Changes in the fair value of derivative 
trading and non-hedging instruments are reported in current year earnings.

The Bank formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy 
for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency 
hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet or specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    63

The Bank also formally assesses whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair 
value or cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. When it is determined 
that a derivative has ceased to be highly effective as a hedge, the Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

For those hedge relationships that are terminated, hedge designations that are removed, or forecasted transactions that are no longer expected to occur, 
the hedge accounting treatment described in the paragraphs above is no longer applied and the end-user derivative is terminated or transferred to the 
trading account. For fair value hedges, any changes to the hedged item remain as part of the basis of the asset or liability and are ultimately reflected as 
an element of the yield. For cash flow hedges, any changes in fair value of the end-user derivative remain in OCL and are included in retained earnings of 
future periods when earnings are also affected by the variability of the hedged cash flows. If the forecasted transaction is no longer likely to occur, any 
changes in fair value of the end-user derivatives are recognised in net income.

n. Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (securities financing agreements) are treated as collateralised financing transactions. The obligation to 
repurchase is recorded at the value of the cash received on sale adjusted for the amortisation of the difference between the sale price and the agreed 
repurchase price. The amortisation of this amount is recorded as an interest expense. 

o. Collateral
The Bank pledges assets as collateral as required for various transactions involving security repurchase agreements, deposit products and derivative 
financial instruments. Assets that have been pledged as collateral, including those that can be sold or repledged by the secured party, continue to be 
reported on the Bank’s consolidated balance sheet. 

p. Employee Future Benefits
The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans for substantially all employees as either non-contributory defined benefit plans or defined contribution 
plans. Benefits under the defined benefit plans are based primarily on the employee’s years of credited service and average annual salary during the final 
years of employment as defined in the plans. The Bank also provides post-retirement medical benefits for certain qualifying active and retired 
Bermuda-based employees.

Expense for the defined benefit pension plans and the post-retirement medical benefits plan is comprised of (a) the actuarially determined benefits for 
the current year’s service, (b) imputed interest on the actuarially determined liability of the plan, (c) in the case of the defined benefit pension plans, 
the expected investment return on the fair value of plan assets and (d) amortisation of certain items over the expected average remaining service life of 
employees in the case of the active defined benefit pension plans, estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants in the case 
of the inactive defined benefit pension plans and the expected average remaining service life to full eligibility age of employees covered by the plan in 
the case of the post-retirement medical benefits plan. The items amortised are amounts arising as a result of experienced gains and losses, changes 
in assumptions, plan amendments and the change in the net pension asset or post-retirement medical benefits liability arising on adoption of revised 
accounting standards.

For each of the defined benefit pension plans and for the post-retirement medical benefits plan, the asset (liability) recognised for accounting purposes 
is reported in other assets and employee future benefits, respectively. The actuarial gains and losses, transition obligation and past service costs of the 
defined pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits plan are recognised in OCL net of tax and amortised to net income over the average service 
period for the active defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits plan and average remaining life expectancy for the inactive 
defined benefit pension plans.

For the defined contribution pension plans, the Bank and participating employees provide an annual contribution based on each participating employee’s 
pensionable earnings. Amounts paid are expensed in the period.

q. Share-Based Compensation
The Bank engages in equity settled share-based payment transactions in respect of services received from eligible employees. The fair value of the 
services received is measured by reference to the fair value of the shares or share options granted on the date of the grant. The cost of the employee 
services received in respect of the shares or share options granted is recognised in the consolidated statement of operations over the shorter of the 
vesting or service period. 

The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current 
share price, the risk-free interest rate, expected dividend rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant 
factors. Time vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of 
employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognised in the consolidated statement of operations reflects the number of vested shares or share 
options. The Bank recognises compensation cost for awards with performance conditions if and when the Bank concludes that it is probable that the 
performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures (e.g., due to termination of employment prior to vesting).

r. Revenue Recognition
Trust and investment services fees include fees for private and institutional trust, executorship, and custody services. Asset management fees include 
fees for investment management, investment advice and brokerage services. Fees are recognised as revenue over the period of the relationship or when 

64

 
the Bank has rendered all services to the clients and is entitled to collect the fees from the clients, as long as there are no contingencies associated with  
the fees.

Banking services fees include primarily fees for certain loan origination, letters of credit, other financial guarantees, compensating balances and other 
financial services-related products. Certain loan origination fees are primarily overdraft and other revolving lines of credit fees. These fees are recognised 
as revenue over the period of the underlying facilities. Letters of credit fees are recognised as revenue over the period in which the related service is 
provided. All other fees are recognised as revenue in the period in which the service is provided.

Loan interest income includes the amortisation of non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees. These fees are deferred (except for certain 
retrospectively determined fees meeting specified criteria) and recognised as an adjustment of yield over the life of the related loan. These loan 
origination and commitment fees are offset by their related direct costs and only the net amounts are deferred and amortised into interest income.

Dividend and interest income, including amortisation of premiums and discounts, on securities for which cash flows are not considered uncertain are 
included in interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. Loans placed on non-accrual status and investments with uncertain cash flows 
are accounted for under the cost recovery method, whereby all principal, dividends, interest and coupon payments received are applied as a reduction of 
the amortised cost and carrying amount.

s. Fair Values
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Bank determines the 
fair values of assets and liabilities based on the fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximise the use of observable inputs and minimise the 
use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The relevant accounting standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure 
fair value. Investments classified as trading and available for sale, and derivative assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet at 
fair value.

Level 1, 2 and 3 valuation inputs
Management classifies items that are recognised at fair value on a recurring basis based on the level of inputs used in their respective fair value 
determination as described below.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 1 when based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 2 when based on internally developed models or based on prices published by independent pricing services using 
proprietary models. To qualify for Level 2, all significant inputs used in these models must be observable in the market place or can be corroborated 
by observable market data for substantially the full term of the instrument and includes, among others: interest yield curves, credit spreads, prices for 
similar assets and foreign exchange rates. Level 2 also includes financial instruments that are valued using quoted prices for identical assets but for 
which the market is not considered active due to low trading volumes.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 3 when based on internally developed models using significant unobservable assumptions involving management’s 
estimations or non-binding bid quotes from brokers.

The following methods and assumptions were used in the determination of the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amount of cash and demand deposits with banks, being short term in nature, is deemed to equate to the fair value. 

Cash equivalents include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposits and treasury bills with a maturity of less than three months from the date 
of acquisition and the carrying value at cost is considered to approximate fair value because they are short term in nature, bear interest rates that 
approximate market rates, and generally have negligible credit risk.

Short-term investments
Short-term investments comprise restricted term and demand deposits and unrestricted term deposits and treasury bills with less than one year but 
greater than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition. The carrying value at cost is considered to approximate fair value because they are 
short term in nature, bear interest rates that approximate market rates, and generally have negligible credit risk.

Trading investments including defined benefit pension plan equity securities and mutual funds
Trading investments include mutual funds and debt securities issued by non-US governments. The fair value of listed equity securities is based upon 
quoted market values. Investments in actively traded mutual funds are based on their published net asset values. See “Available-for-sale and 
held-to-maturity investments including defined benefit pension plan fixed income securities” below for valuation techniques and inputs of fixed 
income securities.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    65

Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments including defined benefit pension plan fixed income securities
The fair values for available-for-sale investments are generally sourced from third parties. The fair value of fixed income securities is based upon quoted 
market values where available, “evaluated bid” prices provided by third party pricing services (“pricing services”) where quoted market values are not 
available, or by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications where pricing services do not provide coverage for a particular security. To the extent 
the Bank believes current trading conditions represent distressed transactions, the Bank may elect to utilise internally generated models. The pricing 
services use market approaches for valuations using primarily Level 2 inputs( in the vast majority of valuations), or some form of discounted cash flow 
analysis, to obtain investment values for a small percentage of fixed income securities. 

Pricing services indicate that they will only produce an estimate of fair value if there is objectively verifiable information available to produce a valuation. 
Standard inputs to the valuations provided by the pricing services listed in approximate order of priority for use when available include: reported trades, 
benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data. The pricing services 
may prioritise inputs differently on any given day for any security, and not all inputs listed are available for use in the evaluation process on any given day 
for each security evaluation. However, the pricing services also monitor market indicators and industry and economic events.

Information of this nature is a trigger to acquire further corroborating market data. When these inputs are not available, they identify “buckets” of 
similar securities (allocated by asset class types, sectors, sub-sectors, contractual cash flows/structure, and credit rating characteristics) and apply 
some form of matrix or other modelled pricing to determine an appropriate security value which represents their best estimate as to what a buyer in 
the marketplace would pay for a security in a current sale. While the Bank receives values for the majority of the investment securities it holds from 
pricing services, it is ultimately management’s responsibility to determine whether the values received and recorded in the financial statements are 
representative of appropriate fair value measurements.

It is common industry practice to utilise pricing services as a source for determining the fair values of investments where the pricing services are able 
to obtain sufficient market corroborating information to allow them to produce a valuation at a reporting date. In addition, in the majority of cases, 
although a value may be obtained from a particular pricing service for a security or class of similar securities, these values are corroborated against 
values provided by other pricing services.

Broker/dealer quotations are used to value fixed maturities where prices are unavailable from pricing services due to factors specific to the security such 
as limited liquidity, lack of current transactions, or trades only taking place in privately negotiated transactions. These are considered Level 3 valuations, 
as significant inputs utilised by brokers may be difficult to corroborate with observable market data, or sufficient information regarding the specific 
inputs utilised by the broker was not available to support a Level 2 classification.

For disclosure purposes, investments held to maturity are fair valued using the same methods described above.

Loans
The majority of loans are variable rate and re-price in response to changes in market rates and hence management estimates that the fair value of loans 
is not significantly different than their carrying amount. For significant fixed-rate loan exposures, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash 
flows, using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities, of 
such loans.

Accrued interest
The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable are assumed to approximate their fair values given their short-term nature.

Other real estate owned 
OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is based on third-party appraisals adjusted to reflect 
management’s judgment as to the realisable value of the properties. Appraisals of OREO properties are updated on an annual basis.

Deposits
The fair value of fixed-rate deposits has been estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows, using market interest rates offered at the balance 
sheet date for deposits of similar terms. The carrying amount of deposits with no stated maturity date is deemed to equate to the fair value. 

Subordinated capital 
The fair value of the subordinated capital has been estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows, using current market interest rates.

Derivatives
Derivative contracts can be exchange traded or over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts and may include forward, swap and option contracts 
relating to interest rates or foreign currencies. Exchange-traded derivatives typically fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy depending on whether 
they are deemed to be actively traded or not. OTC derivatives are valued using market transactions and other market evidence whenever possible, 
including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market clearing transactions, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources 
where an understanding of the inputs utilised in arriving at the valuations is obtained.

66

Where models are used, the selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative depends upon the contractual terms and specific risks inherent 
in the instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. The Bank generally uses similar models to value similar instruments. 
Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment 
rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, interest rate swaps and options, model 
inputs can generally be verified and model selection does not involve significant management judgment.

Reporting units
The fair value of reporting units for which goodwill is recognised is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows using discount rates reflecting 
valuation-date market conditions and risks specific to the reporting unit.

t. Credit-Related Arrangements
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into various commitments to meet the credit requirements of its customers. Such commitments, which 
are not included in the consolidated balance sheet, include:

•  Commitments to extend credit, which represent undertakings to make credit available in the form of loans or other financing for specific amounts 

and maturities, subject to certain conditions.

•  Standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable obligations to make payments to third parties in the event that the customer is unable to meet 

its financial obligations.

•  Documentary and commercial letters of credit, related primarily to the import of goods by customers, which represent agreements to honour drafts 

presented by third parties upon completion of specific activities. 

These credit arrangements are subject to the Bank’s normal credit standards and collateral is obtained where appropriate. The contractual amounts for 
these commitments set out in the table in Note 13 represent the maximum payments the Bank would have to make should the contracts be fully drawn, 
the counterparty default, and any collateral held prove to be of no value. As many of these arrangements will expire or terminate without being drawn 
upon or are fully collateralised, the contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank does not carry any liability for 
these obligations. 

u. Income Taxes
The Bank uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect 
of temporary differences between the consolidated financial statements’ carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. 
Accordingly, a deferred income tax asset or liability is determined for each temporary difference based on the enacted tax rates to be in effect on the 
expected reversal date of the temporary difference. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognised in income in the 
period that includes the enactment date.

The Bank records net deferred tax assets to the extent the Bank believes these assets will more likely than not be realised. Net deferred income tax 
assets or liabilities accumulated as a result of temporary differences are included in other assets or other liabilities, respectively. A valuation allowance is 
established to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realised. In making such a determination, the Bank considers 
all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income,  
tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations.

In the event the Bank were to determine that it would be able to realise the deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded 
amount, the Bank would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes. The 
Bank records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Bank determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax 
positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) where those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold, the Bank recognises the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realised upon ultimate settlement with the 
related tax authority.

Income taxes on the consolidated statement of operations include the current and deferred portions of the income taxes. The Bank recognises interest 
accrued and penalties related to unrecognised tax benefits in operating expenses. Income taxes applicable to items charged or credited directly to 
shareholders’ equity are included in such items. 

v. Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, 
amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of change in fair value. 

w. Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share have been calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year (see also Note 20). 
Dividends declared on preference shares and related guarantee fees are deducted from net income to obtain net income available to common 
shareholders. In periods when basic earnings per share is positive, the dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans is calculated using the treasury 
stock method, whereby the proceeds received from the exercise of share-based awards are assumed to be used to repurchase outstanding common 
shares, using the quarterly average market price of the Bank’s shares for the period.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    67

x. Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
Impairment losses are recognised when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected from its use 
and disposal. The impairment recognised is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets 
that are to be disposed of other than by sale are classified and accounted for as held for use until the date of disposal or abandonment. Assets that meet 
certain criteria are classified as held for sale and are measured at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair value, less costs of sale. 

y. Charitable Trust
In July 2000, the Bank established a charitable trust with the irrevocable purpose to make charitable donations to persons ordinarily resident in 
Bermuda (the “Charitable Trust”). The Charitable Trust came to an end December 2012 when its remaining assets were transferred to various charities 
in Bermuda. As a not-for-profit organisation, the Charitable Trust is not consolidated in the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. As the Charitable 
Trust’s trustees are representatives of the Bank, the Bank’s endowment donations to the Charitable Trust were recognised at their recoverable amount in 
other assets in the consolidated balance sheet until dispersed by the Charitable Trust, at which time, donations were recognised in other expenses in the 
consolidated statement of operations.

z. New Accounting Pronouncements 
Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities  
In December 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update that required entities to disclose information about offsetting and related 
arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required 
to disclose both gross information and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and 
those which are subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The new guidance became effective for all annual and interim periods 
beginning 1 January 2013. Additionally, entities are required to provide the disclosures for all comparative periods. In January 2013, the FASB issued 
another Accounting Standards Update to clarify the instruments and transactions to which the guidance in the previously issued Accounting Standards 
Update would apply. The adoption of the guidance in these Accounting Standards Updates did not have an impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial 
position or results of operations since it only amends the disclosure requirements for offsetting financial instruments. See “Note 16: Accounting for 
Derivative Instruments and Risk Management” for derivative offsetting disclosures.

Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update that adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated 
other comprehensive loss. The new guidance was effective for all annual and interim periods beginning 1 January 2013 and was applied prospectively. 
The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. The new disclosure 
requirements of this Accounting Standards Update are included in “Note 23: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).”

Obligations Arising from Joint and Several Liability Arrangement
During February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update concerning the obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements 
for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date. The objective of the amendment in the update is to provide guidance for the 
recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements. The guidance will require an entity to 
measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of the guidance 
is fixed at the reporting date. The guidance will also require an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation, as well as other information 
about the obligations. The amendments will be effective for periods beginning after 15 December 2013, and must be shown for all periods presented 
on the balance sheet (i.e., applied retrospectively). This new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial 
position or results of operations.

Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Group of Assets
In March 2013, the FASB issued the final guidance related to the release of a cumulative translation adjustment (“CTA”) upon derecognition of 
subsidiaries or group of assets within a foreign entity into net income. The guidance clarifies that when a parent ceases to have a controlling financial 
interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity and the sale represents the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the 
investment in the foreign entity, or when a parent loses its controlling financial interest in an investment in a foreign entity, it should release the CTA into 
net income. The standard also requires the release of CTA into net income upon acquiring a controlling interest in a foreign entity that was accounted for 
under the equity method prior to obtaining control, and consistent with current GAAP in this area, upon a partial sale of an equity method investment. 
The guidance is effective prospectively from 1 January 2014. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Bank’s consolidated 
financial position or results of operations.

Accounting for the Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralised Consumer Mortgage Loans Upon Foreclosure
In January 2014, the FASB published an Accounting Standards Update for the reclassification of residential real estate collateralised consumer mortgage 
loans upon foreclosure. The update codifies the consensus reached by the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) at its November 2013 meeting. 
The amendments in the update clarify when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to 
have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralising a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be 
derecognised and the real estate property recognised. The update requires a creditor to reclassify a collateralised consumer mortgage loan to real estate 
property upon obtaining legal title to the real estate collateral, or the borrower voluntarily conveying all interest in the real estate property to the lender 
to satisfy the loan through a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement. The update is effective for public business entities for annual periods, 
and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after 15 December 2014. The Bank is assessing the impact of the adoption of this guidance.

68

NOTE 3: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On 7 May 2012, the Bank announced its agreement to sell Butterfield Bank (Barbados) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary which is the entire Barbados 
segment, to First Citizens Bank Limited. The sale was completed on 27 August 2012 with gross proceeds, subject to normal adjustments, of $45 million, 
resulting in a net gain of $7.2 million included in net income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Bank determined that the requirements had been met to report the results of the subsidiary sold as discontinued operations effective from the 
second quarter in 2012. The following table summarises the results of the Barbados operating segment:

Non-interest income   
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Revenue before gains 
Gains 
Total net revenue 
Non-interest expenses 
Net income before income taxes 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations 
Income tax expense 
Net income from discontinued operations 

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Unrestricted 
Non-interest earning 
    Cash and demand deposits 

Interest earning
    Demand deposits 
    Cash equivalents 
Sub-total - Interest earning 

For the year ended

31 December 2013 
- 
-  
-  
-  
 -  
-  
 -  
-  
 -  
-  
 -  

 31 December 2012
 1,701 
 7,267 
 (548)
 8,420 
 249 
 8,669 
 (7,976)
 693 
 7,240 
 (313)
 7,620 

 31 December 2013 

 31 December 2012 

Bermuda  

Non-  
Bermuda  

Total  

Bermuda 

Non- 
Bermuda 

Total

156,190  

 90,767  

 246,957  

 172,179  

 44,425  

 216,604 

187  
407,052  
407,239  

 163,980  
 912,296  
 1,076,276  

 164,167  
 1,319,348  
 1,483,515  

 143  
 334,835  
 334,978  

 150,303  
 840,641  
 990,944  

 150,446 
 1,175,476 
 1,325,922 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

 563,429  

 1,167,043  

 1,730,472  

 507,157  

 1,035,369  

 1,542,526

NOTE 5: SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Unrestricted 
    Term deposits maturing within three months 
    Term deposits maturing between three to six months 
    Term deposits maturing between six to twelve months 
Total unrestricted short-term investments 

Affected by drawing restrictions related to minimum 
reserve and derivative margin requirements
    Interest earning demand deposits 

 31 December 2013 

 31 December 2012 

Bermuda  

Non-  
Bermuda  

Total  

Bermuda 

Non- 
Bermuda 

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 35,420  
 6,884  
 3,721  
 46,025  

 35,420  
 6,884  
 3,721  
 46,025  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 56,727  
 7,672  
 4,761  
 69,160  

Total

 56,727 
 7,672 
 4,761 
 69,160 

8,842  

 114  

 8,956  

 6,942  

 111  

 7,053 

Total short-term investments 

8,842  

 46,139  

 54,981  

 6,942  

 69,271  

 76,213 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6: INVESTMENTS 
Amortised Cost, Carrying Amounts and Estimated Fair Value
The amortised cost, carrying amounts and fair values are as follows: 

 31 December 2013  

31 December 2012 

Gross 

Gross 
Amortised  unrealised  unrealised 
losses 

gains 

cost 

Carrying 
amount / 
Fair value 

Gross 
Amortised  unrealised 
gains 

cost 

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Carrying  
amount / 
Fair value 

Trading 
    Debt securities issued 
        by non-US governments 
    Mutual funds 
Total Trading 

3,000  
49,799  
52,799  

 546  
 990  
 1,536  

 -  
 (1,007) 
 (1,007) 

 3,546  
 49,782  
 53,328  

 4,301  
 56,779  
 61,080  

 930  
 511  
 1,441  

 -  
 (736) 
 (736) 

 5,231 
 56,554 
 61,785 

31 December 2013  

31 December 2012 

Gross 

Gross 
Amortised  unrealised  unrealised 
losses 

gains 

cost 

Carrying 
amount / 
Fair value 

Gross 
Amortised  unrealised 
gains 

cost 

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Carrying  
amount / 
Fair value 

Available-for-sale 
    Certificates of deposit 
     US government and federal agencies 
    Debt securities issued 
       by non-US governments 
    Corporate debt securities guaranteed
       by non-US governments 
    Corporate debt securities 
    Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
    Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
    Residential mortgage-backed 
        securities - Prime 
    Pass-through note 
    Equity securities 
Total available-for-sale  

83,789  
1,430,987  

 794  
 9,382  

 (12) 
 (56,194) 

 84,571  
 1,384,175  

 558,668  
 1,156,307  

 2,706  
 23,613  

 (14) 
 (1,134) 

 561,360 
 1,178,786  

88,298  

 184  

 (28) 

 88,454  

 89,609  

 438  

 (5) 

 90,042 

 -  
 362,921  
 85,980  
 155,374  

 -  
 15,888  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 (2,801) 
 (12,485) 

 -  
 378,809  
 83,179  
 142,889  

 32,021  
 400,980  
 139,304  
 130,526  

 32,917  
 26,791  
 -  
 2,267,057  

 -  
 7,216  
 -  
 33,464  

 (2,080) 
 -  
 -  
 (73,600) 

 30,837  
 34,007  
 -  
 2,226,921  

 -  
 30,404  
 126  
 2,537,945  

 5  
 20,105  
 -  
 231  

 -  
 242  
 -  
 47,340  

 -  
 -  
 (3,203) 
 (279) 

 -  
 -  
 (73) 
 (4,708) 

 32,026 
 421,085 
 136,101 
 130,478  

 - 
 30,646 
 53 
 2,580,577 

31 December 2013  

Amortised 
cost /  

Gross 

Gross 
Carrying  unrealised  unrealised 
losses 
amount 

gains 

31 December 2012 

Amortised
cost /  

Gross 
Carrying  unrealised 
gains 
Amount 

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Fair 
value 

Fair  
value 

Held-to-maturity(1) 
    US government and federal agencies 
Total held-to-maturity 

333,394  
333,394  

 91  
 91  

 (17,951) 
 (17,951) 

 315,534  
 315,534  

 239,342  
 239,342  

 6,691  
 6,691  

 (1,240) 
 (1,240) 

 244,793 
 244,793 

(1)  For the years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012, non-credit impairments recognised in AOCL for held-to-maturity investments were $nil.

Pledged AFS Investments
The Bank pledges United States (“US”) government and federal agency investment securities to secure Bank deposit products where the secured party 
does not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. As at 31 December 2013, US government and federal agency investment securities with an 
amortised cost of $363.8 million (31 December 2012: $255.7 million) and fair value of $350.7 million (31 December 2012: $262.7 million) were pledged.

As at 31 December 2013, US government and federal agency investment securities with an amortised cost of $25.2 million (31 December 2012: 
$120.9 million) and fair value of $25.8 million (31 December 2012: $122.4 million) were pledged to collateralise repurchase agreements maturing  
within 90 days. 

Pledged HTM Investments
As at 31 December 2013, US government and federal agency investment securities with an amortised cost of $83.0 million (31 December 2012: 
$45.7 million) and fair value of $75.1 million (31 December 2012: $44.5 million) were pledged to secure Bank deposit products where the secured party 
did not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral. 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealised Loss Positions
The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealised losses of the Bank’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments with unrealised 
losses that are not deemed to be OTTI, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous 
unrealised loss position. Debt securities are categorised as being in a continuous loss position for “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” based 
on the point in time that the fair value declined below the cost basis.

31 December 2013 

Available-for-sale 
    Certificates of deposit 
    US government and federal agencies 
    Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
    Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
    Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
    Residential mortgage-backed securities - Prime 
Total available-for-sale securities 
    with unrealised losses 

Held-to-maturity
    US government and federal agencies 
Total held-to-maturity securities 
    with unrealised losses 

 Less than 12 months 
Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Fair 
value 

12 months or more

Fair 
value 

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

50,464  
 831,493  
 42,996  
 -  
 58,890  
 30,837  

 (12) 
 (45,956) 
 (28) 
 -  
 (5,619) 
 (2,080) 

 -  
 168,264  
 -  
 83,179  
 83,998  
 -  

 -  
 (10,238) 
 -  
 (2,801) 
 (6,866) 
 -  

Total 
fair value 

 50,464  
 999,757  
 42,996  
 83,179  
 142,888  
 30,837  

Total gross
unrealised
losses 

 (12)
 (56,194)
 (28)
 (2,801)
 (12,485)
 (2,080)

 1,014,680  

 (53,695) 

 335,441  

 (19,905) 

 1,350,121  

 (73,600)

259,595  

 (11,740) 

 41,161  

 (6,211) 

 300,756  

 (17,951)

 259,595  

 (11,740) 

 41,161  

 (6,211) 

 300,756  

 (17,951)

31 December 2012 

Less than 12 months 

12 months or more

Available-for-sale
    Certificates of deposit 
    US government and federal agencies 
    Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
    Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
    Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
    Equity securities 
Total available-for-sale securities  
    with unrealised losses 

Held-to-maturity
     US government and federal agencies 
Total held-to-maturity securities 
    with unrealised losses 

Fair 
value 

82,477  
191,492  
56,797  
 -  
92,306  
- 

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

 (14) 
 (342) 
 (5) 
 -  
 (279) 
- 

Fair 
value 

 -  
 65,792  
 -  
 136,101  
 -  
 53  

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

 -  
 (792) 
 -  
 (3,203) 
 -  
 (73) 

Total 
fair value 

 82,477  
 257,284  
 56,797  
 136,101  
 92,306  
53  

Total gross
unrealised
losses

 (14)
 (1,134)
 (5)
 (3,203)
 (279)
 (73)

423,072  

 (640) 

 201,946  

 (4,068) 

 625,018  

 (4,708)

44,496  

 (1,240) 

44,496  

 (1,240) 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 44,496  

 (1,240)

 44,496  

 (1,240)

The Bank does not believe that the investment securities that were in an unrealised loss position as of 31 December 2013, which was comprised of 133 
securities, or 65% of the portfolio by fair value, represent an other-than-temporary impairment. Total gross unrealised losses were 5.5% of the fair value of 
affected securities and were primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates, relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and not 
due to the credit quality of the investment securities. The Bank does not intend to sell the investment securities that were in an unrealised loss position and 
it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of the amortised cost bases, which may be 
at maturity. 

The following describes the process for identifying credit impairment in security types with the most significant unrealised losses.

US government and federal agencies 
As at 31 December 2013, gross unrealised losses on securities related to US government and federal agencies were $74.1 million (31 December 2012: 
$2.4 million) of which $57.7 million has been in an unrealised loss position for less than 12 months. Overall, management believes that all the securities in 
this class do not have any credit losses, given the explicit and implicit guarantees provided by the US federal government.  

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities − Student loans
As at 31 December 2013, gross unrealised losses on student loan asset-backed securities were $2.8 million (31 December 2012: $3.2 million) all of which 
related to investments that were in an unrealised loss position for greater than 12 months. Asset-backed securities collateralised by student loans are 
composed primarily of securities collateralised by Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP loans”). FFELP loans benefit from a federal government 
guarantee of at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest, with additional credit support provided in the form of over-collateralisation, 
subordination and excess spread, which collectively total in excess of 100%. Accordingly, the vast majority of FFELP loan-backed securities are not exposed 
to traditional consumer credit risk.  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
As at 31 December 2013, gross unrealised losses on commercial mortgage-backed securities were $12.5 million (31 December 2012: $0.3 million) of 
which $5.6 million has been in an unrealised loss position for less than 12 months and $6.9 million has been in an unrealised loss position for more than 
12 months. The Bank’s commercial mortgage-backed securities are predominantly rated “AAA” and possess significant subordination (a form of credit 
enhancement for the benefit of senior securities, expressed here as the percentage of pool losses that can occur before a senior asset-backed security will 
incur its first dollar of principal loss). No credit losses were recognised on these securities as management does not believe these securities have any credit 
losses.

Residential mortgage-backed securities − Prime
As at 31 December 2013, gross unrealised losses on prime residential mortgage-backed securities were $2.1 million (31 December 2012: $nil) all of which 
has been in an unrealised loss position for less than 12 months. The Bank’s prime residential mortgage-backed securities are predominantly rated “AAA” and 
possess significant subordination (a form of credit enhancement for the benefit of senior securities, expressed here as the percentage of pool losses that can 
occur before a senior asset-backed security will incur its first dollar of principal loss). No credit losses were recognised on these securities as management 
does not believe these securities have any credit losses.

Contractual Maturities
The following table presents the remaining contractual maturities of the Bank’s securities. For mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government 
agencies), management presents the maturity date as the mid-point between the reporting and expected contractual maturity date which is determined 
assuming no future prepayments. By using the aforementioned mid-point, this date represents management’s best estimate of the date by which the 
remaining principal balance will be repaid given future principal repayments of such securities. The actual maturities may differ due to the uncertainty of the 
timing when borrowers make prepayments on the underlying mortgages.

31 December 2013 

Within 
3 months 

3 to 12 
months 

 Remaining term to average contractual maturity
5 to 10 
years 

Over 10      No specific 
 years           maturity  

1 to 5 
years 

Carrying
amount

Trading 
    Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
    Mutual funds 
Total trading 

 -   
 -  
 -  

  -   
  -   
 -  

 1,095  
  -   
 1,095  

 1,482  
  -   
 1,482  

 969  
  -   
 969  

  -   
 49,782  
 49,782  

 3,546 
 49,782 
 53,328 

Available for sale 
28,186  
    Certificates of deposit 
    US government and federal agencies 
 1  
    Debt securities issued by non-US governments   26,472  
  -   
    Corporate debt securities 
  -   
    Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
  -   
    Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
  -   
    Residential mortgage-backed securities - Prime 
  -   
    Pass-through note 
54,659  
Total available-for-sale  

 56,385  
  -   
 31,141  
  -   
  -   
  -   
  -   
  -   
 87,526  

   -    

   -    

   -    

 119,263  
 4,783  
 378,809  
 562  
  -   
  -   
  -   
 503,417  

 310,676  
 26,058  
  -   
 71,320  
 133,765  
 8,570  
 34,007  
 584,396  

 954,235  
  -   
  -   
 11,297  
 9,124  
 22,267  
  -   
 996,923  

   -    
  -   
  -   
  -   
  -   
  -   
  -   
  -   
 -  

 84,571 
 1,384,175 
 88,454 
 378,809 
 83,179 
 142,889 
 30,837 
 34,007 
 2,226,921 

Held-to-maturity
    US government and federal agencies 
Total held-to-maturity 

 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  

 51,144  
 51,144  

 282,250  
 282,250  

 -  
 -  

 333,394 
 333,394 

Total investments 

54,659  

 87,526  

 504,512  

 637,022  

 1,280,142  

 49,782  

 2,613,643 

Total by currency
    US dollars 
    Other 
Total investments 

72

17  
54,642  
54,659  

 32,132  
 55,394  
 87,526  

 503,416  
 1,096  
 504,512  

 612,839  
 24,183  
 637,022  

 1,279,173  
 969  
 1,280,142  

 49,011  
 771  
 49,782  

 2,476,588 
 137,055 
 2,613,643 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
31 December 2012 

Within 
3 months 

3 to 12 
months 

 Remaining term to average contractual maturity
5 to 10 
years 

1 to 5 
years 

Over 10      No specific 
 years           maturity  

Trading 
    Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
    Mutual funds 
Total trading 

 -  
 -  
 -  

 1,382  
 -  
 1,382  

 1,157  
 -  
 1,157  

 1,611  
 -  
 1,611  

 1,081  
 -  
 1,081  

 -  
 56,554  
 56,554  

Available-for-sale 
255,624  
     Certificates of deposit 
 -  
     US government and federal agencies 
     Debt securities issued by non-US governments  32,473  
    Corporate debt securities guaranteed
        by non-US governments 
    Corporate debt securities 
    Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
    Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
    Pass-through note 
    Equity securities 
Total available-for-sale  

32,026  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
320,123  

 274,357  
 -  
 50,081  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 324,438  

 31,379  
 162,545  
 5,600  

 -  
 421,085  
 2,506  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 623,115  

 -  
 361,476  
 1,888  

 -  
 -  
 82,825  
 130,478  
 30,646  
 -  
 607,313  

 -  
 654,765  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 50,770  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 705,535  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 53  
 53  

Carrying
amount

 5,231 
 56,554 
 61,785 

 561,360 
 1,178,786 
 90,042 

 32,026 
 421,085 
 136,101 
 130,478 
 30,646 
 53 
 2,580,577 

Held-to-maturity
    US government and federal agencies 
Total held-to-maturity 

 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  

 11,003  
 11,003  

 228,339  
 228,339  

 -  
 -  

 239,342 
 239,342 

Total investments 

320,123  

 325,820  

 624,272  

 619,927  

 934,955  

 56,607  

 2,881,704 

Total by currency
    US dollars 
    Other 
Total investments 

166,289  
153,834  
320,123  

 179,536  
 146,284  
 325,820  

 623,115  
 1,157  
 624,272  

 618,315  
 1,612  
 619,927  

 933,874  
 1,081  
 934,955  

 55,513  
 1,094  
 56,607  

 2,576,642 
 305,062 
 2,881,704 

Sale Proceeds and Realised Gains and Losses
During the twelve months ended 31 December 2013, the Bank disposed of:

•   US government and federal agency investment securities totalling $117.2 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised gains of $0.3 million 

and gross realised losses of $0.6 million; 

•  Corporate bonds totalling $116.3 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised gains of $0.5 million; 
•  Asset-backed securities totalling $43.6 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised losses of $0.2 million; and 
•  Other securities totalling $110.0 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised losses of $0.1 million.

During the twelve months ended 31 December 2012, the Bank disposed of:

•  Certificates of deposit totalling $170.1 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised gains of $0.1 million 
•  US government and federal agency investment securities totalling $60.4  million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised gains of $0.5 million    

and gross realised losses of $0.1 million;

•  Corporate bonds totalling $165.6 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised gains of $1.0 million and gross realised losses 

of $0.3 million; and

•  Other securities totalling $18.2 million in sale proceeds, resulting in gross realised gains of $0.8 million.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    73

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 

 2,296 

 2,296 

 45,146 

 (2,028)
 43,118 

-
 - 
 43,118 

Gains and Losses on Investments

For the year ended 

  Available- 

31 December 2013 
Held-to- 
for-sale  maturity 

Trading 

31 December 2012 
Held-to- 
maturity 

  Available- 
for-sale 

Trading 

Total 

Gains (losses) other than OTTI
     recognised in net income 

315  

 (61) 

Net gains (losses) recognised in net income 

315  

 (61) 

 -  

 -  

 254  

 268  

 2,028  

 254  

 268  

 2,028  

Gross unrealised (losses) gains 
     recorded in OCL 
Realised losses (gains) 
    transferred to net income 
Total net (losses) gains recognised in OCL 

Non-credit-related impairments 
    recognised in OCL 
Effect of HTM to AFS transfer of investments 
Total net (losses) gains recognised in OCL 

 -  

 (84,978) 

 -  

 (84,978) 

 -  

 45,146  

 -  
 -  

 61  
 (84,917) 

 -  
 -  

 61  
 (84,917) 

 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 (84,917) 

 -  
 -  
 -  

- 
 -  
 (84,917) 

 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 (2,028) 
 43,118  

 -  
 -  
 43,118  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  
 -  

 -  
 -  
 -  

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 7: LOANS 
The “Bermuda” and “Non-Bermuda” classifications’ purpose is to reflect management segment reporting as described in “Note 15: Segmented 
Information.” The composition of the loan portfolio by reporting segment and collateral type at each of the indicated dates was as follows:

Commercial loans
    Government 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 
Less specific allowance for credit losses on commercial loans 
Total commercial loans after specific allowance for credit losses 

Commercial real estate loans
    Commercial mortgage 
    Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 
Less specific allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate loans 
Total commercial real estate loans after specific allowance  
for credit losses 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 
Less specific allowance for credit losses on consumer loans 
Total consumer loans after specific allowance for credit losses 

Residential mortgage loans 
Less specific allowance for credit losses on residential mortgage loans 
Total residential mortgage loans after specific allowance for 
credit losses 

 31 December 2013                          31 December 2012

Non- 
Bermuda  Bermuda 

   Non- 
Bermuda  Bermuda 

Total 

Total

65,725  
129,865  
57,851  
253,441  
(240) 
253,201  

 15,000  
 270,808  
 8,083  
 293,891  
 (233) 
 293,658  

 80,725  
 400,673  
 65,934  
 547,332  
 (473) 
 546,859  

 64,534  
 121,947  
 58,973  
 245,454  
 (166) 
 245,288  

 68,584 
 4,050  
 311,949 
 190,002  
 81,902 
 22,929  
 216,981    462,435 
 (1,416)
 (1,250) 
 461,019 
 215,731  

417,112  
 -  
 417,112  
(5,123) 

 343,958  
 2,040  
 345,998  
 -  

 761,070  
 2,040  
 763,110  
 (5,123) 

 495,466  
 109  
 495,575  
 (8,772) 

 281,456  
 2,119  
 283,575  
 (4,711) 

 776,922 
 2,228 
 779,150 
 (13,483)

411,989  

 345,998  

 757,987  

 486,803  

 278,864    765,667 

15,618  
60,846  
10,079  
47,396  
133,939  
(160) 
133,779  

 6,654  
 16,149  
 6,311  
 117,960  
 147,074  
 -  
 147,074  

 22,272  
 76,995  
 16,390  
 165,356  
 281,013  
 (160) 
 280,853  

 19,663  
 58,500  
 8,488  
 66,044  
 152,695  
 (160) 
 152,535  

 6,050  
 15,446  
 3,933  

 25,713 
 73,946 
 12,421 
 94,819    160,863 
 272,943 
 120,248  
 (160)
 -  
 272,783 
 120,248  

1,309,605   1,239,920   2,549,525  
 (16,295) 
 (3,070) 

(13,225) 

 1,351,680    1,145,709   2,497,389 
 (11,673)

 (3,930) 

(7,743) 

1,296,380   1,236,850   2,533,230  

 1,343,937    1,141,779   2,485,716 

Total gross loans 
Less specific allowance for credit losses 
Less general allowance for credit losses 
Net loans 

2,114,097   2,026,883   4,140,980  
 (22,051) 
 (3,303) 
 (30,704) 
 (10,264) 
2,074,909   2,013,316   4,088,225  

(18,748) 
(20,440) 

 2,245,404    1,766,513   4,011,917 
 (26,732)
 (29,225)
 2,207,746   1,748,214   3,955,960  

 (16,841) 
 (20,817) 

 (9,891) 
 (8,408) 

The principal means of securing residential mortgages, personal, credit card and business loans are charges over assets and guarantees. Mortgage loans 
are generally repayable over periods of up to thirty years and personal, credit card, business and government loans are generally repayable over terms 
not exceeding five years. The effective yield on total loans as at 31 December 2013 is 4.66% (31 December 2012: 4.75%).

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    75

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (Including Non-Accrual Loans)
The following table summarises the past due status of the loans at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012. The aging of past due amounts are 
determined based on the contractual delinquency status of payments under the loan and this aging may be affected by the timing of the last business day at 
period end. An account is generally considered to be contractually delinquent when payments have not been made in accordance with the loan terms. 

31 December 2013 
Commercial loans
Government 
Commercial and industrial 
Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 
    Commercial mortgage 
    Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

30-59 
days 

 -  
 681  
2  
683  

784  
 -  
784  

253  
 834  
 10  
 506  
 1,603  

60-89 
days 

90 days or 
more 

Total past 
due loans 

Total  
(1)
 current 

Total  
loans

 -  
 89  
 1  
 90  

 -  
 529  
 604  
 1,133  

 -  
 1,299  
 607  
 1,906  

 80,725  
 399,374  
 65,327  
 545,426  

 80,725 
 400,673 
 65,934 
 547,332 

 1,386  
 -  
 1,386  

 42,958  
 -  
 42,958  

 45,128  
 -  
 45,128  

 715,942  
 2,040  
 717,982  

 761,070 
 2,040 
 763,110 

 91  
 482  
 8  
 348  
 929  

 353  
 501  
 258  
 2,060  
 3,172  

 697  
 1,817  
 276  
 2,914  
 5,704  

 21,575  
 75,178  
 16,114  
 162,442  
 275,309  

 22,272 
 76,995 
 16,390 
 165,356 
 281,013 

Residential mortgage loans 

 36,355  

 16,908  

 62,700  

 115,963  

 2,433,562  

 2,549,525 

Total loans 
(1)    Loans less than 30 days past due are included in current loans.

39,425  

 19,313  

 109,963  

 168,701  

 3,972,279  

 4,140,980 

31 December 2012 
Commercial loans
    Government 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans
    Commercial mortgage 
    Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

30-59 
days 

 -  
 349  
 17  
 366  

3,852  
 -  
3,852  

 466  
 623  
 3  
 1,091  
 2,183  

60-89 
days 

 -  
 2,048  
 199  
 2,247  

 1,190  
 -  
 1,190  

 96  
 445  
 37  
 693  
 1,271  

90 days or 
more 

Total past 
due loans 

Total  
(1)
current  

Total  
loans

 -  
 3,022  
 301  
 3,323  

 -  
 5,419  
 517  
 5,936  

 68,584  
 306,530  
 81,385  
 456,499  

 68,584 
 311,949 
 81,902 
 462,435 

 55,584  
 -  
 55,584  

 60,626  
 -  
 60,626  

 716,296  
 2,228  
 718,524  

 776,922 
 2,228 
 779,150 

 425  
 601  
 227  
 1,595  
 2,848  

 987  
 1,669  
 267  
 3,379  
 6,302  

 24,726  
 72,277  
 12,154  
 157,484  
 266,641  

 25,713 
 73,946 
 12,421 
 160,863 
 272,943 

Residential mortgage loans 

 38,334  

 21,914  

 69,551  

 129,799  

 2,367,590  

 2,497,389 

Total loans 
(1)    Loans less than 30 days past due are included in current loans.

 44,735  

 26,622  

 131,306  

 202,663  

 3,809,254  

 4,011,917 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accrual loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due are summarised in the following table: 

Commercial loans
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

31 December 2013 

Non-accrual 
 loans 

Accruing 
loans past 
due 90 days 

Total non- 
performing 
loans 

Non-accrual 
loans 

31 December 2012
Accruing 
loans past 
due 90 days 

Total non-
performing
loans

520  
472  
992  

 9  
 132  
 141  

 529  
 604  
 1,133  

 3,606  
 292  
 3,898  

 -  
 9  
 9  

 3,606 
 301 
 3,907 

Commercial real estate loans 

41,236  

 1,722  

 42,958  

 55,167  

 417  

 55,584 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

437  
69  
221  
1,951  
2,678  

 8  
 432  
 37  
 283  
 760  

 445  
 501  
 258  
 2,234  
 3,438  

 581  
 -  
 217  
 1,984  
 2,782  

 57  
 600  
 10  
 76  
 743  

 638 
 600 
 227 
 2,060 
 3,525 

Residential mortgage loans 

59,166  

 9,938  

 69,104  

 51,506  

 27,229  

 78,735 

Total non-performing loans 

104,072  

 12,561  

 116,633  

 113,353  

 28,398  

 141,751 

The table below presents information about the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio:

31 December 2013 
Commercial loans
    Government 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial Real Estate
    Commercial mortgage 
    Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

Pass 

Special mention 

Substandard 

Non-accrual 

80,725  
393,091  
57,569  
531,385  

570,761  
883  
571,644  

20,794  
76,494  
14,954  
160,959  
273,201  

 -  
 4,282  
 7,445  
 11,727  

 99,174  
 -  
 99,174  

 1,033  
 -  
 1,008  
 2,295  
 4,336  

 -  
 2,780  
 448  
 3,228  

 49,899  
 1,157  
 51,056  

 8  
 432  
 207  
 151  
 798  

 -  
 520  
 472  
 992  

 41,236  
 -  
 41,236  

 437  
 69  
 221  
 1,951  
 2,678  

Total 
gross recorded
investments

 80,725 
 400,673 
 65,934 
 547,332 

 761,070 
 2,040 
 763,110 

 22,272 
 76,995 
 16,390 
 165,356 
 281,013 

Residential mortgage loans 

2,383,773  

 63,979  

 42,607  

 59,166  

 2,549,525 

Total loans 

3,760,003  

 179,216  

 97,689  

 104,072  

 4,140,980 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 2012 
Commercial loans
    Government 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans
    Commercial mortgage 
    Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

Pass 

Special mention 

Substandard 

Non-accrual 

68,584  
301,747  
72,669  
443,000  

562,042  
 493  
562,535  

23,765  
 73,352  
 11,945  
 154,966  
 264,028  

 -  
 6,078  
 8,742  
 14,820  

 118,203  
 1,735  
 119,938  

 1,183  
 -  
 186  
 3,218  
 4,587  

 -  
 518  
 199  
 717  

 41,510  
 -  
 41,510  

 184  
 594  
 73  
 695  
 1,546  

 -  
 3,606  
 292  
 3,898  

 55,167  
 -  
 55,167  

 581  
 -  
 217  
 1,984  
 2,782  

Total 
gross recorded
investments

 68,584 
 311,949 
 81,902 
 462,435 

 776,922 
 2,228 
 779,150 

 25,713 
 73,946 
 12,421 
 160,863 
 272,943 

Residential mortgage loans 

 2,309,945  

 68,531  

 67,407  

 51,506  

 2,497,389 

Total gross recorded loans 

3,579,508  

 207,876  

 111,180  

 113,353  

 4,011,917

The four credit quality classifications set out above are defined below and describe the credit quality of the Group’s lending portfolio. These 
classifications each encompass a range of more granular, internal credit rating grades assigned.

Quality classification definitions
Pass: 
A pass loan shall mean a loan that is expected to be repaid as agreed. A loan is classified as pass where the Bank is not expected to face repayment 
difficulties because the present and projected cash flows are sufficient to repay the debt and the repayment schedule as established by the 
agreement is being followed.

Special mention: 
A special mention loan shall mean a loan under close monitoring by the Bank’s management. Loans in this category are currently protected and still 
performing (current with respect to interest and principal payments), but are potentially weak and present an undue credit risk exposure, but not to 
the point of justifying a classification of substandard. 

Substandard: 
A substandard loan shall mean a loan whose evident unreliability makes repayment doubtful and there is a threat of loss to the Bank unless the 
unreliability is averted. 

Non-accrual: 
Either where management is of the opinion full payment of principal or interest is in doubt or when principal or interest is 90 days past due and for 
residential mortgage loans which are not well secured and in the process of collection.

The table below presents the gross loans evaluated for impairment:

31 December 2013 
Individually   Collectively 
evaluated 
 544,690  
 699,846  
 278,220  
 2,483,117  
 4,005,873  

evaluated 
 2,642  
 63,264  
 2,793  
66,408  
135,107  

31 December 2012

Individually 
evaluated 
 5,609  
 64,739  
 2,782  
 59,910  
 133,040  

Collectively 
evaluated
 456,826 
 714,411 
 270,161 
 2,437,479 
 3,878,877 

Commercial 
Commercial Real Estate 
Consumer 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total gross loans evaluated for impairment 

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the continuity of the general and specific allowances:

Allowances at beginning of year 
Provision taken (released) during the year 
Recoveries 
Charge-offs 
Other 
Allowances at end of year 

Ending balance: individually 
    evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: collectively 
    evaluated for impairment 

 Commercial 
Commercial  real estate 
 18,394  
 7,041  
 -  
 (15,579) 
 (40) 
 9,816  

6,596  
760  
2,699  
(1,714) 
(1) 
8,340  

31 December 2013 

Residential 
Consumer  mortgage loans  
 25,527  
 9,453  
 49  
 (3,737) 
 (135) 
 31,157  

 5,440  
 (2,429) 
 3,078  
 (2,676) 
 29  
 3,442  

31 December
 2012

Total 
 55,957  
 14,825  
 5,826  
 (23,706) 
 (147) 
 52,755  

Total 
 55,491 
 14,190 
 3,746 
 (17,770)
 300 
 55,957 

473  

 5,123  

 160  

 16,295  

 22,051  

 26,732 

7,867  

 4,693  

 3,282  

 14,862  

 30,704  

 29,225 

Impaired Loans
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, the Bank determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all non-accrual loans and all loans modified in a 
troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) even if full collectability is expected following the restructuring. For the year ended 31 December 2013, the amount 
of gross interest income that would have been recorded had impaired loans been current was $5.7 million (2012: $7.7 million). The table below presents 
information about the Bank’s impaired loans: 

31 December 2013 

 Gross recorded 

   Impaired loans with an allowance 
Net 
loans 

Specific 
  investment  allowance 

  Impaired loans
     without an allowance 
 Gross recorded 
investment 

 Total impaired loans

 Gross recorded 

Specific 
  investment  allowance 

Net
loans

 442  
169  
611  

 (373) 
 (100) 
 (473) 

 69  
 69  
 138  

1,728  
303  
2,031  

 2,170  
 472  
 2,642  

 (373) 
 (100) 
 (473) 

 1,797 
 372 
 2,169 

30,277  

 (5,123) 

 25,154  

 32,987  

 63,264  

 (5,123) 

 58,141 

Commercial loans 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real 
    estate loans 

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

 208  
 -  
 -  
128  
336  

 (75) 
 -  
 -  
 (85) 
 (160) 

 133  
 -  
 -  
 43  
 176  

Residential mortgage loans 
Total impaired loans 

52,123  
83,347  

 (16,295) 
 (22,051) 

 35,828  
 61,296  

31 December 2012 

 Impaired loans with an allowance 

Commercial loans 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

 Gross recorded 
investment 

Specific 
allowance 

1,471  
26  
1,497  

 (1,390) 
 (26) 
 (1,416) 

Net 
loans 

 81  
 -  
 81  

Commercial real estate loans  

52,607  

 (13,483) 

 39,124  

Consumer loans
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

227  
 -  
 -  
128  
 355  

 (75) 
 -  
 -  
 (85) 
 (160) 

 152  
- 
 -  
 43  
 195  

Residential mortgage loans 
Total impaired loans 

36,064  
90,523  

 (11,673) 
 (26,732) 

 24,391  
 63,791  

 229  
 69  
 221  
 1,938  
 2,457  

 14,285  
 51,760  

437  
 69  
 221  
 2,066  
 2,793  

 (75) 
 -  
 -  
 (85) 
 (160) 

 362 
 69 
 221 
 1,981 
 2,633 

 66,408  
 135,107  

 (16,295) 
 50,113 
 (22,051)   113,056 

Impaired loans
     without an allowance   
    Gross recorded 
investment 

Total impaired loans

    Gross recorded 
 investment 

Specific 
allowance 

Net
loans

 3,846  
 266  
 4,112  

 12,132  

 354  
 -  
 217  
 1,856  
 2,427  

 23,846  
42,517  

5,317  
 292  
 5,609  

 (1,390) 
 (26) 
 (1,416) 

 3,927 
 266 
 4,193 

 64,739  

 (13,483) 

 51,256 

 581  
 -  
 217  
 1,984  
 2,782  

 (75) 
 -  
 -  
 (85) 
 (160) 

 506 
 - 
 217 
 1,899 
 2,622 

 59,910  
133,040  

 (11,673) 
 (26,732) 

 48,237 
 106,308 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
The following table presents information about the Bank’s average impaired loan balances and interest income recognised on the impaired loans:

Impaired loans 
Commercial loans 
    Commercial and industrial 
    Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
    Automobile financing 
    Credit card 
    Overdrafts 
    Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

Residential mortgage loans 
Total impaired loans 

31 December 2013  

31 December 2012

Average gross 
recorded 
investment 

Interest income 
recognised 

Average gross
record 
investment 

Interest income
recognised

3,744  
 382  
 4,126  

64,002  

509  
35  
219  
2,025  
2,788  

63,159  
134,075  

 97  
 -  
 97  

 256  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 4  
 4  

 386  
 743  

 6,163  
 3,509  
 9,672  

 64,020  

 782  
  -  
 141  
 1,887  
 2,810  

 55,560  
 132,062  

 105 
 - 
 105 

 523 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 388 
 1,016 

The following table presents information about the Bank’s loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”):  

Effect of modification 
on recorded investment

 Pre-modification  Post-modification 
outstanding 

Changes in the 
amount and / (or) 
recorded  timing of principal or 

31 December 2013 
Commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Consumer loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total loans modified in a TDR 

Number of  
contracts 
3  
8  
1  
18  
30  

(1)

Recorded 
investment 
 1,785  
 29,081  
 115  
 11,395  
 42,376  

outstanding  
recorded 
investment 
 1,911  
 35,270  
 117  
 11,347  
 48,645  

investment 
 1,911  
 35,419  
 117  
 11,585  
 49,032  

Interest  t 
interest payments   capitalisation
 -  
 - 
 149 
 -  
 -  
 - 
 238 
 -  
 387 
 -  

(1)The total recorded investment is comprised of $11.3 million of non-accrual loans and $31.0 million of loans on accrual status.

Effect of modification 
on recorded investment

31 December 2012 
Commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total loans modified in a TDR 

  Pre-modification 
outstanding  
recorded 
investment 
 2,290  
 24,402  
 9,185  
 35,877  

Recorded 
(1)
investment 
 2,083  
 22,854  
 10,977  
 35,914  

Number of  
contracts 
 3  
 7  
 15  
 25  

Post-modification 
outstanding 

Changes in the 
amount and / (or) 
recorded  timing of principal or 
interest payments  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

investment 
 2,326  
 24,463  
 9,926  
 36,715  

Interest 
capitalisation
 36 
 61 
 741 
 838 

(1)The total recorded investment is comprised of $16.2 million of non-accrual loans and $19.7 million of loans on accrual status.

For the year ended  31 December 2013, the Bank has four loans modified in a TDR that subsequently defaulted (i.e., 90 days or more past due 
following a modification) with a recorded investment amounting to $3.5 million.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8: CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS 
Concentrations of credit risk in the lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements portfolios arise when a number of customers are 
engaged in similar business activities, are in the same geographic region, or when they have similar economic features that would cause their ability 
to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic conditions. The Bank regularly monitors various segments of its credit 
risk portfolio to assess potential concentrations of risks and to obtain collateral when deemed necessary. In the Bank’s commercial portfolio, risk 
concentrations are evaluated primarily by industry and by geographic region of loan origination. In the consumer portfolio, concentrations are evaluated 
primarily by products. Credit exposures include loans, guarantees and acceptances, letters of credit and commitments for undrawn lines of credit. 
Unconditionally cancellable credit cards and overdraft lines of credit are excluded from the tables below.

The following table summarises the credit exposure of the Bank by business sector. The on-balance sheet exposure amounts disclosed are net of specific 
allowances and the off-balance sheet exposure amounts disclosed are gross of collateral held.

Banks and financial services 
Commercial and merchandising 
Governments 
Individuals 
Primary industry and manufacturing 
Real estate 
Hospitality industry 
Transport and communication 
Sub-total 
General allowance 
Total 

31 December 2013 
Off-balance 
sheet 
 367,162  
 129,698  
 4,767  
 97,184  

   -    

 9,849  

   -    
   -    

 608,660  
 -  
 608,660  

Loans 
358,079  
258,693  
75,780  
2,473,662  
57,001  
789,259  
100,019  
6,436  
4,118,929  
(30,704) 
4,088,225  

Total credit 
exposure 
 725,241  
 388,391  
 80,547  
 2,570,846  
 57,001  
 799,108  
 100,019  
 6,436  
 4,727,589  
 (30,704) 
 4,696,885  

31 December 2012
Off-balance 
sheet 
 394,858  
 88,551  
 28,153  
 94,430  
 6,161  
 36,523  
 -  
 -  
 648,676  
 -  
 648,676  

Total credit
exposure
 672,131 
 352,274 
 86,964 
 2,428,702 
 71,769 
 923,701 
 90,978 
 7,342 
 4,633,861 
 (29,225)
 4,604,636

Loans 
277,273  
 263,723  
58,811  
2,334,272  
65,608  
887,178  
90,978  
 7,342  
3,985,185  
(29,225) 
3,955,960  

The following table summarises the credit exposure of the Bank by geographic region for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, loans 
receivable and off-balance sheet exposure. The credit exposure by currency for investments is disclosed in “Note 6: Investments.”

31 December 2013 

 31 December 2012

` 

Cash and cash  
equivalents and 
short-term 
investments 

Off-balance 
 sheet 

Total credit 
exposure 

Loans 

Cash and cash 
equivalents and 
short-term 
investments 

  Off-balance 
sheet 

Loans 

Total credit
exposure

Bermuda 
Canada 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom  
United States 
Other 
Sub-total 
General allowance 
Total 

162,371  
47,111  
85,959  
 -  
4,932  
983,609  
474,943  
 26,528  
1,785,453  
 -  
1,785,453  

 2,331,616  
 -  
 589,807  
 563,669  
 39,990  
 593,847  
 -  
 -  
 4,118,929  
 (30,704) 
 4,088,225  

 301,603  
 -  
 179,367  
 84,493  
 -  
 43,197  
 -  
 -  
 608,660  
 -  
 608,660  

 2,795,590  
 47,111  
 855,133  
 648,162  
 44,922  
 1,620,653  
 474,943  
 26,528  
 6,513,042  
 (30,704) 
 6,482,338  

 170,146  
 188,908  
 208,278  
 -  
 4,610  
 773,649  
 187,683  
 85,465  
 1,618,739  
 -  
 1,618,739  

 2,300,661  
 -  
 547,779  
 534,226  
 47,883  
 554,636  
 -  
 -  
 3,985,185  
 (29,225) 
 3,955,960  

 335,184  
 -  
 194,634  
 72,961  
 180  
 45,717  
 -  
 -  
 648,676  
 -  
 648,676  

 2,805,991 
 188,908 
 950,691 
 607,187 
 52,673 
 1,374,002 
 187,683 
 85,465 
 6,252,600 
 (29,225)
 6,223,375 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9: PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE
The following table summarises land, buildings, equipment and computer software:

Land  
Buildings 
Equipment 
Computer hardware and software in use 
Computer software in development 
Total 

 31 December 2013 
Accumulated 
depreciation 
 -  
 (56,423) 
 (40,893) 
 (77,460) 
 -  
 (174,776) 

Net carrying 
value 
 13,290  
 97,314  
 6,247  
 118,196  
 5,556  
 240,603  

Cost 
13,290  
153,737  
47,140  
195,656  
5,556  
415,379  

  31 December 2012 

Cost 
 13,290  
 154,903  
 47,060  
 172,511  
 8,961  
 396,725  

Accumulated 
depreciation 
 -  
 (52,109) 
 (37,552) 
 (63,743) 
 -  
 (153,404) 

 Net carrying 
value 
 13,290 
 102,794 
 9,508 
 108,768 
 8,961 
 243,321 

Depreciation charged to operating expenses
    Buildings (included in property expense) 
    Equipment (included in property expense) 
    Computer hardware and software (included in technology & communication expense) 
Total depreciation charged to operating expenses 
Impairment
     Write-off of buildings (included in impairment of fixed assets) 

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

4,478  
2,100  
 16,300  
 22,878  

 -  

 6,823 
 2,735 
 16,194 
 25,752 

 14,527 

During the year ended 31 December 2012, the Bank’s intended use of five Bermuda properties changed and therefore the properties were assessed 
for impairment. The properties are subsequently held for rental income or possible sale and it was determined that the carrying values were not 
recoverable based on the undiscounted cash flow analysis. The carrying amount of the Bermuda segment’s buildings was impaired and was written 
down by $6.5 million at 31 December 2012 because their respective fair values were lower than the carrying amounts. The fair values of the 
properties were calculated based on the market approach and, where applicable, a fair value discount rate was applied.

At the end of 2012, the Bank changed its commitment with respect to certain Bermuda properties which were being used in its operations but are 
now contemplated for disposal and therefore the properties have been reclassified as held for sale and included in OREO assets in the consolidated 
balance sheet. The reclassification resulted in an $8 million write-down of the carrying amount to its fair value less cost to sell. The fair value was 
based on the discounted cash flow of a projected sale. 

NOTE 10: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents goodwill and other intangible assets by business segment:

Goodwill 

Balance as at 31 December 2011 
Impairment 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Balance as at 31 December 2012 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Balance as at 31 December 2013 

Customer relationship intangible assets

            Business segment

Guernsey 
6,634  
-  
315  
6,949  
137  
7,086  

 United 
Kingdom 
 9,303  
 (9,505) 
 202  
 -  
 -  
 -  

Total
 15,937 
 (9,505)
 517 
 6,949 
 137 
 7,086 

31 December 2013 

31  December 2012

  Accumulated  Accumulated 
amortisation 
 (5,146) 
 (934) 
 (34,391) 
 -  
 -  
 (40,471) 

impairment 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

Cost 
8,342  
1,211  
42,953  
-  
 -  
 52,506  

Net 
carrying 
amount 
 3,196  
 277  
 8,562  
 -  
 -  
 12,035  

Bermuda - Wealth Management 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom 
Total 

82

  Accumulated  Accumulated 
amortisation 
 (4,590) 
 (853) 
 (31,735) 
 (3,215) 
 (9,803) 
 (50,196) 

impairment 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (2,019) 
 (7,124) 
 (9,143) 

Cost 
 8,342  
 1,211  
 42,952  
 5,234  
 16,927  
 74,666  

Net
carrying
amount
 3,752 
 358 
 11,217 
 - 
 - 
 15,327 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships are initially valued based on the present value of net cash flows expected to be derived solely from the recurring customer base 
existing as at the date of acquisition. Customer relationship intangible assets may or may not arise from contracts.

During the 2012 annual review process, the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the United Kingdom segment was considered fully impaired due to a 
continuous period of losses incurred and future estimated profitability being unable to sustain current valuations including the goodwill and the customer 
intangible assets and was therefore fully written off. The carrying amount of the United Kingdom and Bahamas segments’ customer relationship 
intangible assets were fully written off as at 31 December 2012 as the carrying amounts were deemed unrecoverable and the present values of net cash 
flows expected to be derived for the segments’ recurring customer bases were deemed immaterial. 

For the year ended 31 December 2012, intangible asset impairments of $9.1 million were recognised. During the year ended 31 December 2013, the 
amortisation expense amounted to $3.4 million (2012: $5.0 million) and the foreign exchange translation adjustment increased the net carrying amount 
by $0.1 million (2012: decreased by $0.2 million). The estimated aggregate amortisation expense for each of the succeeding five years  
(until 31 December 2018) is $12.0 million.

NOTE 11: CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND DEPOSITS FROM BANKS 

By Maturity 

Demand deposits
    Demand deposits - Non-interest bearing 
    Demand deposits - Interest bearing 
Sub-total - demand deposits 

Customers 

1,012,973  
4,631,149  
5,644,122  

Term deposits having a denomination  
    of less than $100,000
    Term deposits maturing within six months 
    Term deposits maturing between six to twelve months 
    Term deposits maturing after twelve months 
Sub-total - term deposits having a  
denomination of less than $100,000 

51,118  
16,392  
18,205  

 85,715  

Term deposits having a denomination 
    of $100,000 or more
    Term deposits maturing within six months 
    Term deposits maturing between six to twelve months 
    Term deposits maturing after twelve months 
Sub-total - term deposits having a denomination  
of $100,000 or more 
Sub-total - term deposits 
Total 

1,576,273  
94,802  
 196,817  

1,867,892  
1,953,607  
 7,597,729  

31 December 2013 
Banks 

Total 

Customers 

31 December 2012
Banks 

Total

 385  
 11,701  
 12,086  

 1,013,358  
 4,642,850  
 5,656,208  

 918,814  
 4,405,291  
 5,324,105  

 567  
 99,573  
 100,140  

 919,381 
 4,504,864 
 5,424,245 

 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  

 51,118  
 16,392  
 18,205  

 57,377  
 16,680  
 20,930  

 85,715  

 94,987  

 45  
 -  
 -  

 45  

 57,422 
 16,680 
 20,930 

 95,032 

 16,150  
 11,986  
 -  

 28,136  
 28,136  
 40,222  

 1,592,423  
 106,788  
 196,817  

 1,896,028  
 1,981,743  
 7,637,951  

 1,706,138  
 81,371  
 60,171  

 1,847,680  
 1,942,667  
 7,266,772  

 15,919  
 10,240  
 122  

 1,722,057 
 91,611 
 60,293 

 26,281  
 26,326  
 126,466  

 1,873,961 
 1,968,993 
 7,393,238 

By Type and Segment

Bermuda
    Customers  
    Banks 
Cayman
    Customers  
    Banks 
Guernsey
    Customers  
    Banks 
The Bahamas
    Customers  
United Kingdom
    Customers  
    Banks 
Total Customers 
Total Banks 
Total 

Payable 
on demand 

31 December 2013 
Payable on a 
fixed date 

Total 

Payable 
on demand 

 31 December 2012
Payable on a 
fixed date 

Total

2,532,572  
 494  

 1,018,417  
 1,036  

 3,550,989  
 1,530  

 2,364,433  
 88,169  

 890,886  
 249  

 3,255,319 
 88,418 

 1,677,092  
10,627  

 394,338  
 27,100  

 2,071,430  
 37,727  

 1,468,025  
 10,643  

 394,159  
 26,077  

 1,862,184 
 36,720 

1,085,862  
965  

 204,646  
 -  

 1,290,508  
 965  

 1,073,711  
 1,281  

 296,255  
 -  

 1,369,966 
 1,281 

68,257  

 9,980  

 78,237  

 65,587  

 4,413  

 70,000 

 280,339  
-  
 5,644,122  
 12,086  
 5,656,208  

 326,226  
 -  
 1,953,607  
 28,136  
 1,981,743  

 606,565  
 -  
 7,597,729  
 40,222  
 7,637,951  

 352,349  
 47  
 5,324,105  
 100,140  
 5,424,245  

 356,954  
 -  
 1,942,667  
 26,326  
 1,968,993  

 709,303 
 47 
 7,266,772 
 126,466 
 7,393,238 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS
The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans including non-contributory defined benefit plans and a number of defined contribution plans, and provides 
post-retirement medical benefits to its qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the pension plans are generally based upon years of 
service and average salary during the final years of employment. The defined benefit and post-retirement medical plans are not open to new participants 
and are non-contributory and the funding required is provided by the Bank, based upon the advice of an independent actuary.

The following table presents the financial position of the Bank’s defined benefit pension plans and the Bank’s post-retirement medical benefits, which is 
unfunded. The benefit obligations and plan assets are measured as at 31 December 2013 and 2012:

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year 
Continuity of projected benefit obligation
Opening projected benefit obligation 
Service cost  
Employee contributions 
Interest cost  
Benefits paid  
Actuarial (gain) loss  
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Closing projected benefit obligation 

Continuity of plan assets
Opening fair value of plan assets 
Actual return on plan assets  
Employer contribution 
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Closing fair value of plan assets 

Amounts recognised in the consolidated 
    balance sheet consist of: 
Prepaid benefit cost included in other assets 
Accrued pension benefit cost included in
     employee future benefits liability 
Surplus (deficit) of plan assets over projected 
    benefit obligation at measurement date 

Amounts recognised in Accumulated Other
    Comprehensive Loss consist of: 
Net actuarial gain (loss), excluding deferred taxes 
Past service credit 
Deferred income taxes assets (liabilities) 
Net amount recognised in Accumulated 
    Other Comprehensive Loss 

 31 December 2013 

  31 December 2012

Post-retirement 
Pension plans  medical benefit plan 
 -  

160,762  

Post-retirement

Pension plans  medical benefit plan  
 - 

 163,106  

167,683  
 1,553  
 124  
 6,971  
 (7,889) 
 (2,690) 
 1,717  
 167,469  

163,701  
 18,089  
 10,070  
 124  
 (7,889) 
 2,317  
 186,412  

 97,126  
 930  
 -  
 4,215  
 (3,139) 
 (10,023) 
 -  
 89,109  

 -  
 -  
 3,139  
 -  
 (3,139) 
 -  
 -  

 152,472  
 1,687  
 215  
 7,061  
 (7,754) 
 10,696  
 3,306  
 167,683  

 145,323  
 9,040  
 13,439  
 215  
 (7,754) 
 3,438  
 163,701  

 91,880 
 944 
 - 
 4,205 
 (2,951)
 3,048 
 - 
 97,126 

 - 
 - 
 2,951 
 - 
 (2,951)
 - 
 - 

 18,943  

 -  

 2,027  

 - 

 -  

 (89,109) 

 (6,009) 

 (97,126)

 18,943  

 (89,109) 

 (3,982) 

 (97,126)

 (36,384) 
 -  
 768  

 (14,904) 
 21,628  
 -  

 (49,261) 
 -  
 2,470  

 (27,169)
 28,347 
 - 

 (35,616) 

 6,724  

 (46,791) 

 1,178

Effective 31 December 2011, the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan was amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for 
remaining active members. The benefits amendment resulted in a further reduction in the Bermuda defined benefit pension liability of $1.8 million as 
at 31 July 2011. As a result, effective January 2012, all the participants of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan are deemed inactive. In accordance 
with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan is amortised over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the 
inactive participants of 22.8 years. Prior to all Bermuda participants being deemed inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension 
plan was amortised to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 4.5 years.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
The following table presents the expense constituents of the Bank’s defined benefit pension plans and the Bank’s post-retirement medical benefit plan:    

Annual benefit expense 
Service cost 
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortisation of past service cost 
Amortisation of net actuarial loss 
Defined benefit expense 
Defined contribution expense 
Total benefit expense 

Other changes recognised in Other  
    Comprehensive Income (Loss)  
Net gain (loss) arising during the year 
Amortisation of past service credit 
Amortisation of net actuarial loss 
Change in deferred taxes 
Foreign exchange adjustment 
Total changes recognised in Other 
    Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

For the year ended 

 31 December 2013 

 31 December 2012

Post-retirement 
Pension plans  medical benefit plan 

Pension plans 

Post-retirement
medical benefit plan

 1,553  
 6,971  
 (9,076) 
 -  
 1,695  
 1,143  
 6,042  
 7,185  

 11,755  
 -  
 1,644  
 (1,656) 
 636  

 12,379  

 930  
 4,215  
 -  
 (6,719) 
 2,242  
 668  
 -  
 668  

 10,023  
 (6,719) 
 2,242  
 -  
- 

 1,687  
 7,061  
 (8,145) 
 -  
 1,366  
 1,969  
 5,593  
 7,562  

 (9,864) 
 -  
 1,366  
 955  
 63  

 5,546  

 (7,480) 

 944 
 4,205 
 - 
 (6,719)
 2,074 
 504 
 - 
 504 

 (3,048)
 (6,719)
 2,074 
 - 
-

 (7,693)

The estimated portion of the net actuarial loss for the pension plans that will be amortised from AOCL into benefit expense over the 2014 fiscal year 
is $1.1 million. The estimated portion of the net actuarial loss and the past service credit for the post-retirement medical benefit plan that will be 
amortised from AOCL into benefit expense over the 2014 fiscal year is $0.9 million for the net actuarial loss and a credit of $6.7 million for the past 
service credit.

For the year ended 

 31 December 2013  

 31 December 2012

Post-retirement 
Pension plans  medical benefit plan 

Pension plans 

Post-retirement
medical benefit plan

Actuarial assumptions used to
    determine annual benefit expense 
    Weighted average discount rate 
    Weighted average rate of compensation increases(1)  
    Weighted average expected long-term 
      rate of return on plan assets 

4.20% 
3.85% 

 5.65% 

4.40% 
N/A 

N/A 

4.65% 
3.95% 

5.60% 

4.60%
N/A

N/A

Weighted average annual medical cost increase rate 
 (1) Excludes the inactive Bermuda defined benefit pension plan. 

N/A  7.5% to 4.5% in 2027 

N/A 

7.5% to 4.5% in 2027

Actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit 
    Weighted average discount rate 
    Weighted average rate of compensation increases 

4.75% 
4.30% 

5.10% 
N/A 

4.20% 
1.80% 

4.40%
N/A

Weighted average annual medical cost increase rate 

 N/A   7.3% to 4.5% in 2027 

N/A 

7.5% to 4.5% in 2027

For 2013, the effect of a one percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed medical cost increase rate on the aggregate of service and 
interest costs is a $0.9 million increase (2012: $1.1 million increase) and a $0.8 million decrease (2012: $0.9 million), respectively, and on the benefit 
obligation a $14.1 million increase (2012: $19.1 million) and a $11.6 million decrease (2012: $15.3 million), respectively. 

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets assumption for each plan, the Bank considered the historical returns and the 
future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocations of the funds. The weighted average discount rate used to 
determine benefit obligations at the end of the year is derived from interest rates on high quality corporate bonds with maturities that match the 
expected benefit payments.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Investment Policies and Strategies 
The pension plans’ assets are managed according to each plan’s investment policy statement, which outlines the purpose of the plan, statement of 
objectives and guidelines and investment policy. The asset allocation is diversified and any use of derivatives is limited to hedging purposes only. 

The weighted average actual and target asset allocations of the pension plans by asset category are as follows: 

Asset category 
Debt securities (including debt mutual funds) 
Equity securities (including equity mutual funds) 
Other 
Total 

  31 December  2013 

  31 December 2012

Actual 
allocation 

Target 
allocation 

Actual 
allocation 

Target
allocation

41% 
59% 
0% 
100% 

48% 
50% 
2% 
100% 

48% 
50% 
2% 
100% 

51%
47%
2%
100%

Fair Value Measurements Of Pension Plans’ Assets
The following table presents the fair value of plans’ assets by category and level of inputs used in their respective fair value determination as 
described in Note 2.

31 December 2013  
  Fair value determination 

31 December 2012
Fair value determination

US government and federal agencies 
Corporate debt securities 
Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
Equity securities and mutual funds 
Other 
Total fair value of plans’ assets 

Level 1 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 12,807  
 -  
 12,807  

Level 2 
 7,737  
 54,036  
 14,978  
 96,228  
 517  
 173,496  

Level 3 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 109  
 -  
 109  

Total 
fair value 
 7,737  
 54,036  
 14,978  
 109,144  
 517  
 186,412  

Level 1 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 10,830  
 -  
 10,830  

Level 2 
 9,389  
 57,491  
 12,232  
 70,282  
 3,477  
 152,871  

Total
fair value
 9,389 
 57,491 
 12,232
 81,112 
 3,477 
 163,701

Level 3 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

At 31 December 2013, 35.6% (2012: 32.9 %) of the assets of the pension plans were mutual funds and equity securities managed or administered by 
wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Bank. At 31 December 2013, 0.2% and 1.2% (2012: 0.2% and 1.4%) of the plans’ assets were invested in common and 
preference shares of the Bank, respectively. 

The investments of the pension funds are diversified across a range of asset classes and are diversified within each asset class. The assets are generally 
actively managed with the goal of adding some incremental value through security selection and asset allocation. 

Estimated 2014 Bank contribution to, and estimated benefit payments for the next ten years under, the pension and post-retirement medical benefit plans 
are as follows: 

Estimated Bank contributions for the year ending 31 December 2014 
Estimated benefit payments by year: 
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019-2022 

Pension plans 
 4,885 

  6,800  
  7,200  
  7,400 
  7,500  
  7,400  
 36,900  

                           Post-retirement
medical benefit plan
3,298

 3,298 
 3,530 
 3,768 
 4,002 
 4,274 
 25,596

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as at  
31 December 2013 was $nil (31 December 2012: $137.8 million and $131.9 million). 

NOTE 13: CREDIT-RELATED ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS
Commitments 
As at 31 December 2013, the Bank was committed to expenditures under contract for sourcing and leases of $52.6 million and $21.5 million, respectively 
(2012: $75.4 million and $24.7 million, respectively). Rental expense for premises leased on a long-term basis for the year ended 31 December 2013 
amounted to $4.9 million (2012: $4.7 million).  

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarises the Bank’s commitments for sourcing, long-term leases and other agreements:

For the year ending 31 December  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019 & thereafter 
Total commitments 

Sourcing 
18,928 
18,456 
15,169 
- 
- 
- 
52,553 

Leases 
5,025 
4,492 
3,537 
2,931 
2,753 
2,770 
21,508 

Other agreements 
2,325 
1,763 
80 
80 
40 
- 
4,288 

Total
26,278
24,711
18,786
3,011
2,793
2,770
78,349

Credit-Related Arrangements 
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of a Bank customer in order to secure the customer’s payment or 
performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent an irrevocable obligation of the Bank to pay the third party beneficiary upon 
presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the 
beneficiary’s claim against the customer. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, whilst the term of the letters of 
guarantee does not exceed four years. The types and amounts of collateral security held by the Bank for these standby letters of credit and letters of 
guarantee is generally represented by deposits with the Bank or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. 

The Bank considers the fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee to be representative of the 
fair value of its obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In accordance with applicable accounting standards related to guarantees, the Bank 
defers fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee. The fees are then recognised in income 
proportionately over the life of the credit agreements. 

The following table presents the outstanding financial guarantees with contractual amounts representing credit risk as follows: 

Standby letters of credit 
Letters of guarantee 
Total 

 31 December 2013 

Gross  
 294,572  
 12,391  
 306,963  

Collateral 
 292,204  
 9,088  
 301,292  

Net 
 2,368  
 3,303  
 5,671  

Gross  
 280,089  
 11,207  
 291,296  

31 December 2012
Collateral 
 277,259  
 8,694  
 285,953  

Net
 2,830 
 2,513 
 5,343

Collateral is shown at estimated market value less selling cost. Where cash is the collateral, this is shown gross including interest income.  

The Bank enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for 
specific purposes. Substantially all of the Bank’s commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards 
at the time of loan funding. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the 
allowance for possible loan losses. 

The following table presents the unfunded legally binding commitments to extend credit with contractual amounts representing credit risk as follows:

Commitments to extend credit 
Documentary and commercial letters of credit 
Total unfunded commitments to extend credit 

31 December 2013 
 299,062  
 2,635  
 301,697  

31 December 2012
 356,122 
 1,258
 357,380

The Bank has a facility by one of its custodians, whereby the Bank may offer up to US$200 million of standby letters of credit to its customers on a fully 
secured basis. Under the standard terms of the facility, the custodian has the right to set-off against securities held of 110% of the utilised facility. At 
31 December 2013, $149.2 million (31 December 2012: $137.0 million) of standby letters of credit were issued under this facility. 

Legal Proceedings 
There are actions and legal proceedings pending against the Bank and its subsidiaries which arose in the normal course of its business. Management, 
after reviewing all actions and proceedings pending against or involving the Bank and its subsidiaries, considers that the resolution of these matters 
would not be material to the consolidated financial position of the Bank. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    87

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTE 14: INTEREST INCOME

Loans
The following table presents the components of loan interest income:

Contractual interest earned on mortgages 
Contractual interest earned on other loans 

Amortisation of fair value hedge 
Amortisation of loan origination fees (net of amortised costs) 
Total loan interest income 

Balance of unamortised fair value hedge as at year-end 
Balance of unamortised loan fees as at year-end 

 For the year ended

31 December 2013 
 88,292  
 95,689  
 183,981  

 (1,724) 
 4,785  
 187,042  

 (7,354) 
 7,380  

31 December 2012
 88,263 
 100,594 
 188,857

 (2,578)
 4,412 
 190,691 

 (9,078)
 7,452

NOTE 15: SEGMENTED INFORMATION
At 31 December 2013, for management reporting purposes, the operations of the Bank are grouped into the following six business segments based upon 
the geographic location of the Bank’s operations: Bermuda, Cayman, Guernsey, Switzerland, The Bahamas and United Kingdom. Accounting policies of 
the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. 

Bermuda provides a full range of retail, commercial and private banking services. Retail services are offered to individuals and small to medium-sized 
businesses through five branch locations and through telephone banking, mobile banking, Internet banking, automated teller machines (“ATMs”) and 
debit cards. Retail services include deposit services, consumer and mortgage lending, credit cards and personal insurance products. Commercial banking 
includes commercial lending and mortgages, cash management, payroll services, remote banking and letters of credit. Treasury services include money 
market and foreign exchange activities. Bermuda’s wealth management offering consists of Butterfield Asset Management Limited, which provides 
investment management, advisory and brokerage services and Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited, which provides trust, estate, company management 
and custody services.  

The Cayman segment provides a comprehensive range of retail, commercial and private banking services. Retail services are offered to individuals and 
small to medium-sized businesses through three branch locations and through Internet banking, mobile banking, automated teller machines (“ATMs”) 
and debit cards. Retail services include deposit services, consumer and mortgage lending, credit cards and property/auto insurance. Commercial banking 
includes commercial lending and mortgages, cash management, payroll services, remote banking and letters of credit. Treasury services include money 
market and foreign exchange activities. Cayman’s wealth management offering comprises investment management, advisory and brokerage services and 
Butterfield Trust (Cayman) Limited, which provides trust, estate and company management.  

The Guernsey segment provides a broad range of services to private clients and financial institutions including private banking and treasury services, 
Internet banking, administered bank services, wealth management and fiduciary services.  

The Switzerland segment provides fiduciary services.  

The Bahamas segment provides fiduciary and ancillary services. 

The United Kingdom segment provides a broad range of services including private banking and treasury services, Internet banking and wealth 
management and fiduciary services to high net worth individuals and privately owned businesses.  

The Barbados segment was sold on 27 August 2012 as disclosed in “Note 3: Discontinued operations.” 

Total Assets by Segment
Bermuda 
Cayman  
Guernsey  
Switzerland 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom  
Total assets from continuing operations 
Less: inter-segment eliminations 
Total 

88

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

4,624,281  
 2,309,380  
 1,437,873  
2,206  
 91,758  
 828,295  
 9,293,793  
(422,978) 
 8,870,815  

 4,624,036 
 2,116,520 
 1,522,429 
 1,521 
 82,712 
 925,389 
 9,272,607 
 (439,598)
 8,833,009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended 
31 December 2013 
Bermuda 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
Switzerland 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom 
Total before eliminations 
Add / (deduct): inter-segment
 eliminations / transactions 
Total from continuing 
    operations 

Net interest income

Inter- 
Customer  segment 
 1,496  
 135,404  
 1,172  
 50,809  
 3  
 19,805  
 -  
 1  
 170  
 17  
 (2,841) 
 17,773  
 -  
 223,809  

Provision 
 for  
credit 
losses 
 (12,708) 
 (3,554) 
 (125) 
 -  
 58  
 1,504  
 (14,825) 

Revenue 
before 
gains 

  Net income
  before gains 
  and losses 
Non- 
interest 
Total   and central  
income  and losses  expenses  allocations 
 33,834  
 61,986  
 25,928  
 32,175  
 7,416  
 19,678  
 (670) 
 1,747  
 924  
 5,613  
 3,979  
 7,384  
 71,411  
 128,583  

 152,344  
 54,674  
 31,945  
 2,418  
 4,934  
 19,841  
 266,156  

 186,178  
 80,602  
 39,361  
 1,748  
 5,858  
 23,820  
 337,567  

Gains 
and 
losses 
 6,953  
 (492) 
 (378) 
 -  
 -  
 181  
 6,264  

Net
income
 40,787 
 25,436 
 7,038 
 (670)
 924 
 4,160 
 77,675 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 (2,620) 

 (2,620) 

 (2,620) 

 -  

 485  

 485 

 223,809  

 -  

 (14,825) 

 125,963  

 334,947  

 263,536  

 71,411  

 6,749  

 78,160

For the year ended 
31 December 2012 
Bermuda 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
Switzerland 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom 
Total before eliminations 
Add / (deduct): inter-segment
 eliminations / transactions 
Total from continuing 
    operations 

Net interest income

Customer 
 129,464  
 43,413  
 21,618  
 1  
 135  
 17,074  
 211,705  

Inter- 
segment 
 1,316  
 1,220  
 (54) 
 -  
 395  
 (2,877) 
 -  

Provision 
 for  
credit 
losses 
 (6,372) 
 (1,291) 
 (980) 
 -  
 -  
 (5,547) 
 (14,190) 

Non- 
interest 
income 
 65,559  
 30,940  
 20,005  
 1,442  
 4,761  
 8,177  
 130,884  

Revenue 
before 
gains 
and losses 
 189,967  
 74,282  
 40,589  
 1,443  
 5,291  
 16,827  
 328,399  

  Net income
  before gains 

Total 
expenses 
 164,879  
 54,829  
 30,810  
 2,464  
 5,579  
 24,565  
 283,126  

and losses   
and central 
allocations 
 25,088  
 19,453  
 9,779  
 (1,021) 
 (288) 
 (7,738) 
 45,273  

Gains 
and 
losses 
 (12,974) 
 4,497  
 (31) 
 -  
 (2,018) 
 (16,895) 
 (27,421) 

Net
income
 12,114 
 23,950 
 9,748 
 (1,021)
 (2,306)
 (24,633)
 17,852 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 (2,341) 

 (2,341) 

 (2,341) 

 -  

 109  

 109 

 211,705  

 -  

 (14,190) 

 128,543  

 326,058  

 280,785  

 45,273  

 (27,312) 

 17,961 

NOTE 16: ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
The Bank uses derivatives in the asset and liability management (“ALM”) of positions and to meet the needs of its customers with their risk management 
objectives. The Bank’s derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Bank and the 
counterparty to the contract and include interest rate contracts and foreign exchange contracts. 

The Bank may pursue opportunities to reduce its exposure to credit losses on derivatives by entering into International Swaps and Derivatives Association 
master agreements (“ISDAs”). Depending on the nature of the derivative transaction, bilateral collateral arrangements may be used as well. When 
the Bank is engaged in more than one outstanding derivative transaction with the same counterparty, and also has a legally enforceable master 
netting agreement with that counterparty, the net marked to market exposure represents the netting of the positive and negative exposures with that 
counterparty. When there is a net negative exposure, the Bank regards its credit exposure to the counterparty as being zero. The net marked to market 
position with a particular counterparty represents a reasonable measure of credit risk when there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement 
between the Bank and that counterparty. 

Certain of these agreements contain credit risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to accelerate cash settlement of the 
Bank’s net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event the Bank’s credit rating falls below specified levels or the liabilities reach certain levels.  

All derivative financial instruments, whether designated as hedges or not, are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value within other 
assets or other liabilities. These amounts include the effect of netting. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative in the consolidated 
statement of operations depends on whether the contract has been designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting.  

Notional Amounts
The notional amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as they represent the face amount of the contract 
to which a rate or price is applied to determine the amount of cash flows to be exchanged. Notional amounts represent the volume of outstanding 
transactions and do not represent the potential gain or loss associated with market risk or credit risk of such instruments. Credit risk is limited to the 
positive fair value of the derivative instrument, which is significantly less than the notional amount. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Fair Value 
Derivative instruments, in the absence of any compensating up-front cash payments, generally have no market value at inception. They obtain value, 
positive or negative, as relevant interest rates, exchange rates, equity or commodity prices or indices change. The potential for derivatives to increase 
or decrease in value as a result of the foregoing factors is generally referred to as market risk. Market risk is managed within clearly defined parameters 
as prescribed by senior management of the Bank. The fair value is defined as the profit or loss associated with replacing the derivative contracts at 
prevailing market prices. 

Risk Management Derivatives 
The Bank enters into interest derivative contracts as part of its overall interest rate risk management strategy to minimise significant unplanned 
fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Bank’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or 
maturity characteristics of certain consolidated balance sheet assets and liabilities so that movements in interest rates do not adversely affect the net 
interest margin. Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Bank’s risk management strategy include interest rate swap contracts that have 
indices related to the pricing of specific consolidated balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and 
variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. The Bank uses foreign currency 
derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk. Certain hedging relationships are formally designated and qualify for hedge 
accounting as fair value or net investment hedges. Risk management derivatives comprise the following: 

Fair value hedges 
Derivatives are designated as fair value hedges to minimise the Bank’s exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to movements in 
interest rates. The Bank enters into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate long-term loans to floating-rate loans, and convert fixed-rate deposits to 
floating-rate deposits. Changes in fair value of these derivatives are recognised in income. For fair value hedges, the Bank applies the “shortcut” method 
of accounting, which assumes there is no ineffectiveness in a hedge. As a result, changes recorded in the fair value of the hedged item are equal to the 
offsetting gain or loss on the derivative and are reflected in the same line item. During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Bank cancelled its interest 
rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of loans receivable and therefore discontinued hedge accounting for these financial instruments. The fair 
value attributable to the hedged loans are accounted for prospectively and are being amortised to net income over the remaining life of each individual 
loan using the effective interest method. 

Net investment hedges 
Foreign currency swaps and qualifying non-derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges are used to minimise the Bank’s exposure to 
variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in foreign operations. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the hedging 
instrument is recognised in AOCL consistent with the related translation gains and losses of the hedged net investment. For net investment hedges, 
all critical terms of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are matched at inception and on an ongoing basis to minimise the risk of hedge 
ineffectiveness.  

For derivatives designated as net investment hedges, the Bank follows the forward-rate method in measuring the amount of ineffectiveness in a net 
investment hedge. According to that method, all changes in fair value, including changes related to the forward-rate component and the time value of 
currency swaps, are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment account within AOCL. To the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, 
any ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method. Ineffectiveness resulting from net investment hedges is recorded in foreign 
exchange income. Amounts recorded in AOCL are reclassified to earnings only upon the sale or liquidation of an investment in a foreign subsidiary. 

For foreign-currency-denominated debt instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments, the translation gain or loss that is recorded in the 
foreign currency translation adjustment account is based on the spot exchange rate between the functional currencies of the respective subsidiary. 

Derivatives not formally designated as hedges 
Derivatives not formally designated as hedges are entered into to manage the interest rate risk of fixed rate deposits and foreign exchange risk of the 
Bank’s exposure. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not formally designated as hedges are recognised in foreign exchange income. 

Client service derivatives 
The Bank enters into foreign exchange contracts and interest rate caps primarily to meet the foreign exchange needs of its customers. Foreign exchange 
contracts are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date at a specified rate of exchange. Changes in the fair value of client 
services derivative instruments are recognised in income. 

The following table shows the aggregate notional amounts of derivative contracts outstanding listed by type and respective gross positive or negative 
fair values and classified by those used for risk management (sub-classified as hedging and those that do not qualify for hedge accounting), client 
services and credit derivatives. Fair value of derivatives is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities. Gross positive 
fair values are recorded in other assets and gross negative fair values are recorded in other liabilities, subject to netting when master netting agreements 
are in place. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the notional amounts and related fair value measurements of derivative instruments as at the balance sheet date: 

31 December 2013 
Risk management derivatives 
    Fair value hedges of fixed-rate loans 
    Net investment hedges  
     Derivatives not formally 
        designated as hedging instruments 
Subtotal risk management derivatives 

Client services derivatives 

Derivative instrument 

Interest rate swaps 
Currency swaps 

Currency swaps 

Spot and forward
   foreign exchange 

Notional 
amounts 

- 
171,396  

168,343  
 339,739  

Positive 
fair value 

Negative 
fair value 

Net 
fair value 

- 
 -  

 -  
 -  

- 
 (10,004) 

 (9,381) 
 (19,385) 

- 
 (10,004)

 (9,381) 
 (19,385)

 2,871,361  

 11,246  

 (10,167) 

 1,079  

Total derivative instruments 

 3,211,100  

 11,246  

 (29,552) 

 (18,306) 

31 December 2012 
Risk management derivatives 
    Fair value hedges of fixed-rate loans 
    Net investment hedges 
    Derivatives not formally
       designated as hedging instruments 
Subtotal risk management derivatives 

Derivative instrument 

Interest rate swaps 
Currency swaps 

Currency swaps 

Client services derivatives 

Spot and forward 
   foreign exchange 

Notional 
amounts 

8,529  
 42,523  

 301,161  
 352,213  

Positive 
fair value 

Negative 
fair value 

Net 
fair value 

 -  
 -  

 113  
 113  

 (89) 
 (116) 

 (89)
 (116)

 (10,779) 
 (10,984) 

 (10,666)
 (10,871)

2,444,357  

 14,312  

 (13,972) 

 340 

Total derivative instruments 

 2,796,570  

 14,425  

 (24,956) 

 (10,531) 

In addition to the above, foreign denominated deposits, totalling $nil at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: $133.6 million), were designated as a 
hedge of foreign exchange risk associated with the net investment in foreign operations. 

The “net amounts” column within the following table represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance 
sheet and disclosure-only netting adjustments. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using 
counterparty specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral. 

31 December 2013 
Derivative assets 
    Currency swaps and forward foreign 
       exchange contracts 

Derivative liabilities 
    Currency swaps and forward foreign 
       exchange contracts 

31 December 2012 
Derivative assets 
    Currency swaps and forward foreign 
       exchange contracts 

Derivative liabilities 
    Currency swaps and forward foreign 
        exchange contracts 

  Gross amounts 

Gross 
amounts 
recognised 

offset in  Net amounts in 
consolidated 
balance sheet 

consolidated 
balance sheet 

  Gross amounts 
not offset in 
consolidated 
balance sheet 

Amounts
 net of
collateral in
consolidated
balance sheet

Collateral 
pledged 

11,075  

 (3,362) 

 7,713  

 2,723  

 -  

 10,436 

4,217  

 (30,302) 

 (26,085) 

 (2,657)   

19,210  

 (9,532)

Gross 
amounts 
recognised 

Gross amounts 
offset in 
consolidated 
balance sheet 

Net amounts in 
consolidated 
balance sheet 

Gross amounts 
not offset in 
consolidated 
balance sheet 

  Amounts net
   of collateral in
consolidated
balance sheet

Collateral 
pledged 

 8,963  

 (982) 

 7,981  

 192   

-  

 8,173   

 2,932  

 (21,462) 

 (18,530) 

 (174)   

8,185  

 (10,519)

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The following table shows the location and amount of gains (losses) recorded in the consolidated statement of operations on derivatives outstanding as 
at 31 December 2013 and 2012.

  For the year ended

Derivative instrument 
Interest rate swaps 
Spot and forward foreign exchange 
Foreign currency options 
Total net gains recognised in net income  

Consolidated statement of operations line item  31 December 2013 
86 
Net other gains  
2,030 
Foreign exchange revenue 
- 
Foreign exchange revenue 
2,116 

31 December 2012
-
1,823
(852)
971

NOTE 17: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
The following table presents the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Management classifies these items 
based on the level of inputs used in their respective fair value determination, as described in Note 2. 

Management reviews the price of each security monthly, comparing market values to expectations and to the prior month’s price. Management’s 
expectations are based upon knowledge of prevailing market conditions and developments relating to specific issuers and/or asset classes held in 
the investment portfolio. Where there are unusual or significant price movements, or where a certain asset class has performed out-of-line with 
expectations, the matter is reviewed by the Group Asset and Liability Committee. 

Financial instruments in Level 1 include listed equity shares and actively traded redeemable mutual funds. 

Financial instruments in Level 2 include equity securities not actively traded, certificates of deposit, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities and 
other asset-backed securities, interest rate swaps and caps and forward foreign exchange contracts, and mutual funds not actively traded. 

Financial instruments in Level 3 include non-redeemable private equity shares, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed 
securities for which the market is relatively illiquid and for which information about actual trading prices is not readily available. 

Items that are recognised at fair value on a recurring basis:

 31 December 2013 
 Fair value 

 31 December 2012
      Fair value

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 
carrying 
amount / 
fair value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total
carrying
amount /
fair value

Financial assets 

Trading investments 
    Debt securities issued 
         by non-US governments 
    Mutual funds 
Total trading 

Available-for-sale investments 
    Certificates of deposit 
    US government and federal agencies 
    Debt securities issued 
       by non-US governments 
    Corporate debt securities guaranteed
        by non-US governments 
    Corporate debt securities 
    Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
    Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
    Residential mortgage-backed 
        securities - Prime 
    Pass-through note 
    Equity securities 
Total available-for-sale 

Other assets - Derivatives 
Other assets - Fund 

Financial liabilities 
    Other liabilities - Derivatives 

92

 -  
 5,842  
 5,842  

 3,546  
 43,940  
 47,486  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 3,546  
 49,782  
 53,328  

 -  
 5,337  
 5,337  

 5,231  
 51,217  
 56,448  

 -  
 -  
 -  

 5,231 
 56,554 
 61,785

 84,571  
  -   
  -     1,384,175  

  -   
  -   

 84,571  
 1,384,175  

 -  
 -  

 561,360  
 1,178,786  

 561,360 
 -  
 -    1,178,786 

 -  

 88,454  

  -   

 88,454  

 -  

 90,042  

 -  

 90,042 

 -  
  -   
  -   
  -   

 -  
 378,809  
 71,882  
 142,889  

 -  
  -   
 11,297  
  -   

 -  
 378,809  
 83,179  
 142,889  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 32,026  
 421,085  
 124,937  
 130,478  

 -  
 -  
 11,164  
 -  

 32,026 
 421,085 
 136,101 
 130,478 

  -   
  -   
 -  
 -  

 30,837  
  -   
 -  
 2,181,617  

  -   
 34,007  
 -  
 45,304  

 30,837  
 34,007  
 -  
 2,226,921  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 53  
 -    2,538,767  

 -  
 30,646  
 -  

 - 
 30,646
 53 
 41,810   2,580,577 

 -  
 -  

 11,246  
 -  

 -  
 -  

 11,246  
 -  

 -  
 -  

 (8,481) 
 -  

 -  
 4,397  

 (8,481)
 4,397 

 -  

 (29,552) 

 -  

 (29,552) 

 -  

 (1,889) 

 -  

 (1,889)

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012. 

The following table presents quantitative information about recurring fair value measurements of assets classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

Financial instrument type 
Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
Pass-through note 

Valuation technique 
Unadjusted third-party priced 
Unadjusted third-party priced 

31 December 2013
11,297
34,007

The valuation techniques used for the Level 3 assets as presented in the above table, are described as follows:  

Unadjusted third-party Price 
Prices obtained from third-party pricing vendors or brokers that are used to record the fair value of the asset of which the related valuation technique and 
significant unobservable inputs are not provided. 

•  Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) – The ABS is a federal family education loan programme guaranteed student loan security and is valued using a  

non-binding broker quote. The fair value provided by the broker is based on the last trading price of similar securities but as the market for the security 
is illiquid, a Level 2 classification is not supported. 

•  Pass-through note (“PTN”) – The PTN consists of a pool of floating rate income securities (typically US sub-prime collateralised mortgage obligations 

and mortgage-backed securities). The third-party investment manager of the PTN determines the fair value of each underlying security within the PTN. 
The investment manager uses a variety of valuation techniques consistent with those disclosed in Note 2. Despite relying on the fair values provided by 
the investment manager, management is still responsible for the final fair valuation used. 

Significant increases (decreases) in any of the above inputs in isolation could result in a significantly different fair value measurement. Generally a change 
in assumption used for the probability of defaults is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity.

Level 3 reconciliation

Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Purchases 
Proceeds from sales, paydowns and maturities 
Accretion recognised in net income 
Realised and unrealised gains (losses) 
    recognised in other comprehensive income 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Carrying amount at end of year 

31 December 2013 

  Available- 
for-sale 
   investments 
  41,810  
 -  
  (5,542) 
  1,929  

 7,107  
 -  
  45,304  

Closed 
ended 
fund 
 4,397  
 -  
 (4,111) 
 -  

 -  
 (286) 
 -  

31 December 2012   
Closed  
ended
fund
 6,199 
 - 
 (1,154)
 - 

Available- 
for-sale 
investments 
38,155  
 -  
 (4,992) 
 1,701  

 6,946  
 -  
 41,810  

 33 
 (681)
 4,397

Items that are recognised at fair value on a non-recurring basis

 31 December 2013 
    Fair value 

    31 December 2012

         Fair value

Other real estate owned 

Level 1 
- 

Level 2 
27,407 

Level 3 
- 

Total 
carrying 
amount / 
fair value 
27,407 

Level 1 
- 

Level 2 
34,360 

Level 3 
- 

Total
carrying
amount /
fair value
34,360  

The current carrying value of other real estate owned will be adjusted to fair value only when there is devaluation below cost.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items other than those recognised at fair value on a recurring basis 

31 December 2013 

 31 December 2012 

Level  

Carrying 
amount 

Fair  Appreciation / 
(depreciation) 

value 

 Carrying 
   amount  

 Fair   Appreciation / 
(depreciation) 

   value  

Financial assets 
 Level 1  
    Cash and cash equivalents 
    Short-term investments 
 Level 1  
    Investments held to maturity   Level 2  
    Loans, net of allowance
       for credit losses 

 Level 2  

Financial liabilities 
    Customer deposits 
         Demand deposits 
         Term deposits 
    Deposits from banks 
    Securities sold under
        agreement to repurchase 
    Subordinated capital 

 Level 2  
 Level 2  
 Level 2  

 Level 2  
 Level 2  

 1,730,472  
 54,981  
 333,394  

 1,730,472  
 54,981  
 315,534  

 -  
 -  
 (17,860) 

 1,542,526  
 76,213  
 239,342  

 1,542,526  
 76,213  
 244,793  

 - 
 - 
 5,451 

 4,088,225  

 4,082,741  

 (5,484) 

 3,955,960  

 3,946,081  

 (9,879)

 5,644,122  
 1,953,607  
 40,222  

 5,644,122  
 1,955,096  
 40,222  

 25,535  
 207,000  

 25,543  
 203,521  

 -  
 (1,489) 
 -  

 (8) 
 3,479  

 5,324,105  
 1,942,667  
 126,466  

 5,324,105  
 1,944,531  
 126,466  

 109,021  
 260,000  

 109,021  
 254,127  

 - 
 (1,864)
 - 

 - 
 5,873 

All of the held-to-maturity securities held by the Bank as at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

NOTE 18: INTEREST RATE RISK 
The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual 
maturity, expected maturity or repricing date. Use of this table to derive information about the Bank’s interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that 
customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include 
fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual 
maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining 
contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US Government agencies) do not 
consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations 
before the underlying mortgages mature.  

31 December 2013 

 Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date

Within 3 
months 

3 to 6 
months 

6 to 12 
months 

1 to 5 
years 

After 
5 years 

Non-interest
bearing 
funds 

(in $ millions)  
Assets 
    Cash and deposits with banks  
    Short-term investments 
    Investments  
    Loans  
    Other assets 
Total assets  

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
    Shareholders’ equity 
    Demand deposits 
    Term deposits 
    Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
    Other liabilities 
    Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

Interest rate sensitivity gap 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap 

94

1,483  
 44  
 347  
 3,581  
 -  
 5,455  

 -  
 4,587  
 1,432  
 26  
 -  
 137  
 6,182  

 (727) 
 (727) 

 -  
 7  
 55  
 253  
 -  
 315  

 -  
 57  
 212  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 269  

 -  
 4  
 32  
 19  
 -  
 55  

 -  
 -  
 123  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 123  

 -  
 -  
 496  
 138  
 -  
 634  

 -  
 -  
 215  
 -  
 -  
 70  
 285  

 -  
 -  
 1,634  
 27  
 -  
 1,661  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  

 247  
 -  
 50  
 70  
 384  
 751  

 803  
 1,012  
 -  
 -  
 197  
 -  
 2,012  

Total 

 1,730 
 55 
 2,614 
 4,088 
 384 
 8,871 

 803 
 5,656 
 1,982 
 26 
 197 
 207 
 8,871 

 46  
 (681) 

 (68) 
 (749) 

 349  
 (400) 

 1,661  
 1,261  

 (1,261) 
 -  

 - 
 -

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 December 2012 

 Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date

Within 3 
months 

3 to 6 
months 

6 to 12 
months 

1 to 5 
years 

After 
5 years 

Non-interest
bearing 
funds 

(in $ millions)  
Assets 
    Cash and deposits with banks  
    Short-term investments 
    Investments  
    Loans 
    Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
    Shareholders’ equity 
    Demand deposits 
    Term deposits 
    Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 
    Other liabilities 
    Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

 1,326  
 64  
 673  
 3,490  
 -  
 5,553  

 -  
4,505  
 1,576  
 109  
-  
 90  
 6,280  

 -  
 8  
 314  
 180  
 -  
 502  

 -  
 -  
 204  
 -  
 -  
 100  
 304  

 -  
 4  
 43  
 41  
 -  
 88  

 -  
 -  
 108  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 108  

 -  
 -  
 559  
 100  
 -  
 659  

 -  
 -  
 81  
 -  
 -  
 45  
 126  

Interest rate swaps 

 8  

 -  

 (8) 

 -  

 -  
 -  
 1,236  
 94  
 -  
 1,330  

 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 25  
 25  

 -  

 217  
 -  
 57  
 51  
 376  
 701  

 857  
 919  
 -  
 -  
 214  
 -  
 1,990  

 -  

Interest rate sensitivity gap 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap 

 (719) 
(719) 

 198  
 (521) 

 (28) 
 (549) 

 533  
 (16) 

 1,305  
 1,289  

 (1,289) 
 -  

Total 

 1,543 
 76 
 2,882 
 3,956 
 376 
 8,833 

 857 
 5,424 
 1,969 
 109 
 214 
 260 
 8,833 

 - 

 - 
 - 

NOTE 19: SUBORDINATED CAPITAL 
On 28 May 2003, the Bank issued US $125 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and in two tranches, 
namely US $78 million in Series A notes due 2013 and US $47 million in Series B notes due 2018. The issuance was by way of private placement with 
US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange (“BSX”) in the specialist debt securities category. Part proceeds of 
the issue were used to repay the entire amount of the US $75 million outstanding subordinated notes redeemed in July 2003. The notes issued under 
Series A paid a fixed coupon of 3.94% until 27 May 2008 when it was redeemed in whole by the Bank. The Series B notes paid a fixed coupon of 
5.15% until 27 May 2013 when they became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series B notes were priced at a spread of 1.35% over the 
10-year US Treasury yield.  

On 2 April 2004, in conjunction with the acquisition of Leopold Joseph, the Bank assumed a subordinated debt of £5 million. The issuance was by 
way of private placement in the United Kingdom and paid a fixed coupon of 9.29% until February 2012 when it became redeemable in whole at the 
option of the Bank and 10.29% thereafter until February 2017. During February 2012, the Bank exercised its option to redeem the United Kingdom 
note outstanding at face value. 

On 27 June 2005, the Bank issued US $150 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par in two tranches, namely 
US $90 million in Series A notes due 2015 and US $60 million in Series B notes due 2020. The issuance was by way of private placement with US 
institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The notes issued under Series A paid a fixed coupon 
of 4.81% until 2 July 2010 after which the coupon rate became floating and the principal became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The 
Series B notes pay a fixed coupon of 5.11% until 2 July 2015 when they also become redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series A notes 
were priced at a spread of 1.00% over the five-year US Treasury yield and the Series B notes were priced at a spread of 1.10% over the 10-year US 
Treasury yield. During September 2011, the Bank repurchased a portion of the outstanding 5.11% 2005 Series B Subordinated notes (“the Note”).  
The face value of the portion of the Note repurchased was $15 million and the purchase price paid for the repurchase was $13.875 million, which 
realised a gain of $1.125 million.  

On 27 May 2008, the Bank issued US $78 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and in two tranches, 
namely US $53 million in Series A notes due 2018 and US $25 million in Series B notes due 2023. The issuance was by way of private placement with 
US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used to repay the 
entire amount of the US $78 million outstanding subordinated notes redeemed in May 2008. The notes issued under Series A paid a fixed coupon of 
7.59% until 27 May 2013 when they became redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank. In May 2013, the Bank exercised its option to redeem 
the Series A note outstanding at face value. The Series B notes pay a fixed coupon of 8.44% until 27 May 2018 when they also become redeemable in 
whole at the Bank’s option. The Series B notes were priced at a spread of 4.51% over the 10-year US Treasury yield.  

No interest was capitalised during the years 2013 and 2012.

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the contractual maturity and interest payments for subordinated capital issued by the Bank as at 31 December 2013. The 
interest payments are calculated until contractual maturity using the current LIBOR rates. 

 Interest payments until 
 contractual maturity

 Interest rate 
Earliest date 
until date 
redeemable  maturity date  redeemable 

Contractual 

              Interest rate from
                        earliest date 
 redeemable to contractual 
Principal  Within  1 to 5   After
                              maturity  outstanding  1 year  years  5 years

27-May-2013 
2-Jul-2010 
2-Jul-2015 
27-May-2018 

27-May-2018 
2-Jul-2015 
2-Jul-2020 
27-May-2023 

5.15% 
4.81% 
5.11% 
8.44% 

 3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.000% 
 3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.095% 
 3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.695% 
 3 months US$ LIBOR + 4.929% 

  -  
 47,000    1,056    3,693  
 90,000    1,207  
  -  
 903  
 45,000    2,300    5,143    1,529 
 25,000    2,110    8,037    5,820 
 207,000    6,673   17,776    7,349

Subordinated capital 
Bermuda 
2003 issuance - Series B 
2005 issuance - Series A 
2005 issuance - Series B 
2008 issuance - Series B 
Total 

NOTE 20: EARNINGS PER SHARE 
Earnings per share have been calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year after deduction of the 
shares held as treasury stock. The dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans was calculated using the treasury stock method, whereby the 
proceeds received from the exercise of share-based awards are assumed to be used to repurchase outstanding shares, using the average market price 
of the Bank’s shares for the year. Numbers of shares are expressed in thousands. 

Basic earnings per share (1) 
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations 
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations 

Net income from continuing operations 
Less: Preferred dividends declared and guarantee fee 
Less: Premium on preferred share buyback 
Net income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders 
Net income from discontinued operations 
Net income attributable to common shareholders 

Weighted average number of common shares issued 
Weighted average number of common shares held as treasury stock 
Adjusted weighted average number of common shares (in thousands) 

Diluted earnings per share (1) 
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations 
Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations 

Net (loss) income attributable to common shareholders 
Net income from discontinued operations 
Net income attributable to common shareholders 

  For the year ended

31 December 2013 
 0.11  
 0.11  

 -    

31 December 2012
 0.01 
 -   
 0.01 

 78,160  
 (16,990) 
 (2,756) 
 58,414  
 -  
 58,414  

556,933  
 (7,567) 
 549,366  

0.11 
0.11 

 -    

 58,414  
 -  
 58,414  

 17,961 
 (18,000)
 (967)
 (1,006)
 7,620 
 6,614 

 556,933 
 (2,515)
 554,418 

 0.01 
 -   
0.01

 (1,006)
 7,620 
 6,614

 554,418 
 1,939 
 556,357

Adjusted weighted average number of common shares issued 
Weighted average number of dilutive share-based awards 
Adjusted weighted average number of diluted common shares  
(1)Due to rounding, earnings per share on continuing and discontinued operations may not sum to earnings per share amount on net income

549,366  
 4,205  
 553,571  

The contingent value convertible preference shares are classified as participating securities as they are entitled to dividends declared to common 
shareholders on a 1:1 basis and are therefore included in the basic earnings per share calculation. 

During the year ended 31 December 2013, weighted-average options to purchase 31.8 million (31 December 2012: 33.3 million) shares of common 
stock (see Note 21), were outstanding. Only options where the option’s expense that will be recognised in the future and its exercise price was lower 
than the average market price of the Bank‘s common stock were considered dilutive and, therefore, included in the computation of diluted earnings 
per share. The dilution effect of such options is a net increase of 1.2 million of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding on a 
fully diluted basis. The awards’ yet unrecognised expense is considered to be the proceeds the employees would need to pay to purchase accelerated 
vesting of the awards.

96

 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended 31 December 2013, the weighted-average number of outstanding awards of unvested common shares (see Note 21) was 
8.6 million (31 December 2012: 7.2 million). All unvested awards of common shares were considered dilutive because each award’s unrecognised 
expense was lower than the average market price of the Bank‘s common stock. The awards’ unrecognised expense is considered to be the proceeds the 
employees would need to pay to purchase accelerated vesting of the awards. For purposes of calculating dilution, such proceeds are assumed to be used 
by the Bank to buy-back shares at the average market price. The weighted-average number of outstanding awards net of the assumed weighted-average 
number of shares bought-back is included in the number of diluted participating shares. 

Warrants issued to the Government of Bermuda in exchange for the Government’s guarantee of the preference shares, with an exercise price of $3.51 
(31 December 2012: $3.61) for 4.28 million shares of common stock (31 December 2012: 4.15 million) were not included in the computation of earnings 
per share for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the Bank‘s  
common stock. 

NOTE 21: SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
As at 31 December 2013, the Bank has three share-based compensation plans, which are described below. 

1997 Stock Option Plan 
Prior to the capital raise on 2 March 2010, the Bank granted stock options to employees and Directors of the Bank that entitle the holder to purchase 
one common share at a subscription price equal to the market price on the effective date of the grant. Generally, the options granted vest 25 percent at 
the end of each year for four years, however as a result of the capital raise, the options granted under the Bank’s 1997 Stock Option Plan to employees 
became fully vested and options awarded to certain executives were surrendered.  

2010 Stock Option Plan 
In conjunction with the capital raise, the Board of Directors approved the 2010 Stock Option Plan. Under the Plan, five per cent of the Bank’s fully diluted 
common shares, equal to approximately 29.5 million shares, are available for grant to certain officers. In May 2012 the Board of Directors approved an 
increase to the options allowed to be granted under the 2010 Stock Option Plan to 50 million shares. Under the 2010 Stock Option Plan, options are 
awarded to Bank employees and executive management, based on predetermined vesting conditions that entitle the holder to purchase one common 
share at a subscription price usually equal to the last-traded common share price when granted and have a term of 10 years. Two types of vesting 
conditions upon which the options will be awarded comprise the 2010 Stock Option Plan, i.e.: 

Time Vesting Condition 
50% of each option award is granted in the form of time vested options and vests 25% on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the 
effective grant date, subject to the option holder’s continued employment with the Bank. 

Performance Vesting Condition 
50% of each option award is granted in the form of performance options and vests on a “valuation event” date (date any of the 2 March 2010 
investors transfers at least 5% of total number of shares or the date that there is a change in control and any of the new investors achieve a multiple 
of invested capital (“MOIC”) based on predetermined MOIC tiers). In the event of a valuation event and the MOIC reaching 200% of the original $1.21 
per share invested capital, all performance options would vest. The Bank determined that at 31 December 2013 the performance options granted have 
an aggregate fair value of $9.5 million (2012: $9.6 million). If the probability of a valuation event becomes more likely than not, some or all of the 
$9.5 million unrecognised expense relating to the performance options will be recognised as an expense. 

The table below presents the weighted average fair value of stock options granted:

No options were granted in the year ended 31 December 2013 
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended 31 December 2012 
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended 31 December 2011 
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended 31 December 2010 

Time vested options 
N/A 
$0.42 
$0.41 
$0.62 

Performance options
N/A
$0.44
$0.43
$0.66

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    97

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the number of shares transferable upon exercise of the options outstanding: 

For the year ended 31 December 2013

Number of shares transferable 
 upon exercise (thousands) 

Weighted average 
exercise price ($) 

Weighted average
   remaining life (years) 

2010 Stock 
1997 Stock 
Option Plan  Option Plan 

Total 

Aggregate
2010 Stock  intrinsic value
1997 Stock 
1997 Stock 
Option Plan  Option Plan  Option Plan  Option Plan  ($ thousands) 

2010 Stock 

Outstanding at 
    beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Resignation / Retirement 
    / Redundancy 
Expiration at end of plan life 
Outstanding at the 
    end of the year 
Vested and exercisable 
    at the end of the year 

4,577  
 -  
 -  
 (1) 

 -  
 (584) 

 28,750    33,327  
 -  
 (596) 
 (303) 

 -  
 (596) 
 (302) 

 (44) 
 -  

 (44) 
 (584) 

 12.77  

 1.18  

 15.78  

 -    

 12.70  

 1.17  
 1.17  

 1.17  

 -    

-
-
-
-

-
-

 3,992  

 27,808    31,800  

 12.78  

 1.18  

 3.12  

 6.65  

 8,636 

 3,992  

 6,429    10,421  

 12.78  

 1.17  

 3.12  

 6.41  

For the year ended 31 December 2012

Number of shares transferable 
 upon exercise (thousands) 

Weighted average 
exercise price ($) 

Weighted average
 remaining life (years)

1997 Stock 
Option Plan 

2010 Stock 
Option Plan 

Total 

1997 Stock 
Option Plan 

2010 Stock 
Option Plan 

1997 Stock 
Option Plan 

2010 Stock 
Option Plan 

Outstanding at 
    beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Resignation / Retirement
     / Redundancy 
Expiration at end of plan life 
Outstanding at the
     end of the year 
Vested and exercisable 
    at the end of the year 

 5,269  
 -  

 (543) 

 -  
 (149) 

 28,363    33,632  
 3,100  
 (5) 
 (2,605) 

 3,100  
 (5) 
 (2,062) 

 12.75  

 1.22  
 1.25  

 13.82  

 1.21  

 (646) 
 -  

 (646) 
 (149) 

 -    

 6.87  

 1.21  

 4,577  

 28,750    33,327  

 12.81  

 1.22  

 3.98  

 7.64  

 1,245 

 4,577  

 3,598  

 8,175  

 12.81  

 1.21  

 3.98  

 7.37  

Employee Deferred Incentive Plan (“EDIP”) 
Under the Bank’s EDIP, shares were awarded to Bank employees and executive management based on time-vesting condition, which states that the 
shares will vest equally over a three-year period from the effective grant date, subject to the employee’s continued employment with the Bank.  
The table below presents the number of shares transferable upon vesting of the shares: 

For the year ended

  31 December 2013 
Number of shares 
transferable upon vesting (thousands) 
1,976  
 1,367  
 (755) 
 (8) 
 (397) 
 2,183  

  31 December 2012
Number of shares 
transferable upon vesting (thousands)
 1,276 
 1,554
 (477)
 (377)
 - 
 1,976

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Resignation / Retirement / Redundancy 
Outstanding at the end of the year 

98

Aggregate
intrinsic value
($ thousands) 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 

 - 
 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011 and 2012 Executive Long-Term Incentive Share Plan (“ELTIP”) 
Under the Bank’s ELTIP, shares were awarded to Bank employees and executive management based on predetermined vesting conditions. Two types 
of vesting conditions upon which the shares will be awarded comprise the ELTIP: 

Time Vesting Condition 
50% of each share award is granted in the form of time vested shares, vesting equally over a three-year period from the effective grant date, subject 
to the employee’s continued employment; and 

Performance Vesting Condition 
50% of each share award is granted in the form of performance shares, vesting upon the achievement of certain performance targets in the  
three-year period from the effective grant date. 

2013 Executive Long-Term Incentive Share Plan (“2013 ELTIP”)  
Under the Bank’s 2013 ELTIP, performance shares were awarded to executive management. These shares will vest upon the achievement of certain 
performance targets in the three-year period from the effective grant date. 

The Board of Directors approved the 2013 Employee Deferred Incentive Plan and the 2013 Executive Long-Term Incentive Share Plan on
26 February 2013.

The table below presents the number of shares transferable upon vesting of the shares:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Resignation / Retirement / Redundancy 
Outstanding at the end of the year 

  31 December 2013 
Number of shares 
transferable upon vesting (thousands) 
 5,231  
 3,520  
 (900) 
 (1,110) 
 (300) 
 6,441  

For the year ended

  31 December 2012
Number of shares 
transferable upon vesting (thousands)
 2,515 
 4,056 
 (928)
 (412)
 - 
 5,231 

The following table presents the share-based compensation cost that has been charged against net income and the value of share-based settlements. 

Share-based compensation plans 
    Awards granted in year 2010 
      and after - continuing operations 
    Awards granted in year 2010 
      and after - discontinued operations 
Total share-based compensation 
Share-based settlement plans 
    Directors’ shares and retainers settlement plan 
Total share-based payments  

 31 December 2013 

  31 December 2012

Stock option 
plan 

EDIP 
and ELTIP 

Stock option  
plan  

Total 

EDIP 
and ELTIP 

Total

For the year ended

 1,486  

 4,861  

 6,347  

 1,398  

 3,723  

 5,121 

 -  
 1,486  

 -  
 4,861  

 -  
 6,347  

 -  
 1,398  

 63  
 3,786  

 173  
 6,520  

 63 
 5,184 

 293 
 5,477 

The following table presents the unrecognised expense attributable to each plan. 

Unrecognised expense 
2010 Stock Option Plan 
    Time vesting options 
    Performance vesting options 

EDIP  

2011, 2012, 2013 ELTIP 
    Time vesting shares 
    Performance vesting shares 
Total unrecognised expense 

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

As at

       1,826   
9,479  

1,614  

727  
 3,978  
17,624  

 3,665 
 9,608 

 1,557 

 1,914 
 2,358 
 19,102 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Compensation 
The Bank’s Non-Executive Directors received their annual retainer compensation in the form of cash or fully vested and unrestricted Bank shares. 

NOTE 22: SHARE BUY-BACK PLANS 
The Bank initially introduced two share buy-back programmes on 1 May 2012 as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in 
share value. Each programme was approved by the Board of Directors for a period of 12 months, in accordance with the regulations of the BSX. 
The BSX must be advised monthly of shares repurchased and cancelled by the Bank.  

Common Share Buy-Back Programme 
The Board of Directors approved the 2012 common share buy-back programme on 1 May 2012 with up to six million common shares authorised to be 
acquired. On 10 December 2012, the Board approved increasing the number of common shares to be acquired up to 10 million. 

Effective 1 April 2013, the Board cancelled the 2012 common share buy-back programme and approved the 2013 common share buy-back programme 
for the purchase of up to 10 million common shares. On 2 December 2013, the Board increased the total number of common shares authorised to be 
purchased for treasury to 15 million.

Total common share buy-backs for the year ending 31 December were as follows: 

Acquired number of shares (to the nearest 1) 
Average cost per common share 
Total cost (in Bermuda dollars) 

2013 
 4,038,482  
 1.39  
 5,610,907  

2012 

Total
 7,260,051   11,298,533 
 1.29 
 8,999,061   14,609,968

 1.24  

Preference Share Buy-Back Programme  
The Board of Directors approved the 2012 preference share buy-back programme on 1 May 2012 with up to 2,000 preference shares authorised to be 
purchased for cancellation. On 10 December 2012, the Board approved increasing the number of preference shares to be purchased for cancellation 
up to 8,000. 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Board approved the 2013 preference share buy-back programme authorising in total the purchase and 
cancellation of up to 15,000 preference shares. On 2 December 2013, the Board increased the total number of preference shares authorised to be 
repurchased and cancelled to 26,600 preference shares. 

Total preference share buy-backs for the year ending 31 December were as follows: 

Acquired number of shares (to the nearest 1) 
Average cost per preference share 
Total cost (in Bermuda dollars) 

2013 
 11,972  
 1,230.26  
   14,728,624  

Total
2012 
 16,394 
 4,422  
 1,218.40  
 1,227.06 
 5,387,777   20,116,401

From time to time the Bank’s associates, insiders and insiders’ associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in such 
shares being repurchased pursuant to the programme, but under BSX regulations such trades must not be pre-arranged and all repurchases must be 
made in the open market. Prices paid by the Bank must not, according to BSX regulations, be higher than the last independent trade for a “round lot”, 
defined as 100 shares or more. 

NOTE 23: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
The table below presents the changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“AOCL”) by component for the year ended:  

Unrealised losses on 
translation of net 
 investment in foreign 
operations 
 (10,487) 

Unrealised
gains (losses) 
on available- 
for-sale 
investments 
 44,781  

 2,855  
 (7,632) 

 (84,917) 
 (40,136) 

31 December 2013 
Balance at beginning of year 
Other comprehensive income
    (loss), net of taxes 
Balance at end of year 

Employee future benefits

Post- 
retirement 
healthcare 
 1,178  

Subtotal -  
employee
future 
benefits 
 (46,817) 

Total AOCL
 (12,523)

 5,546  
 6,724  

 17,925  
 (28,892) 

 (64,137)
 (76,660)

Pension 
 (47,995) 

 12,379  
 (35,616) 

100

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealised losses on 
translation of net 
investment in foreign 
operations 
 (11,321) 

Unrealised
gains (losses) 
on available- 
for-sale 
investments 
 1,663  

834  
(10,487) 

 43,118  
 44,781  

Employee future benefits

Post- 
retirement 
healthcare 
 8,871  

Subtotal -  
employee
future 
benefits 
 (31,644) 

Total AOCL
 (41,302)

 (7,693) 
 1,178  

 (15,173) 
 (46,817) 

 28,779 
 (12,523)

Pension 
 (40,515) 

 (7,480) 
 (47,995) 

31 December 2012 
Balance at beginning of year 
Other comprehensive income  
    (loss), net of taxes 
Balance at end of year 

The net change in each component of AOCL is as follows: 

Line item in the consolidated 
statement of operations, if any 

  For the year ended

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

Net unrealised (loss) gains on translation 
     of net investment in foreign operations
     adjustments 
    Foreign currency translation adjustments 
    Net investment hedge gains (losses)  
Net change 

Available-for-sale investment adjustments 
    Gross unrealised gains (losses)
       arising during the year 
    Reclassification of realised 
       gains (losses) to net income 
    Foreign currency translation 
      adjustments of related balances 
Net change 

Employee future benefits adjustments 
    Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during
      the year on defined benefit pension 
    Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during the
       year on post-retirement medical benefits 
    Amortisation of actuarial gains 
      (losses) on defined benefit pension 
    Amortisation of prior period service 
      credit on post-retirement medical benefits 
    Amortisation of actuarial gains 
      (losses) on post-retirement medical benefits 
    Change in deferred taxes 
    Foreign currency translation 
      adjustments of related balances 
Net change 

N/A 

 5,963  
 (3,108) 
 2,855  

(84,139) 

Net realised gains on available-for-sale investments 

 (61) 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

 (717) 
 (84,917) 

 11,755  

 10,023  

 9,957 
 (9,123)
 834 

 39,427 

 2,028 

 1,663 
 43,118 

 (9,864)

 (3,048)

 Salaries and other employee benefits   

 1,644  

 1,366 

 Salaries and other employee benefits   

 (6,719) 

 (6,719)

 Salaries and other employee benefits   
N/A 

N/A 

 2,242  
 (1,656) 

 636  
 17,925  

 2,074 
 955 

 63 
 (15,173)

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

 (64,137) 

 28,779 

NOTE 24: CAPITAL STRUCTURE 
Authorised Capital 
The Bank’s total authorised share capital as of 31 December 2013 and 2012 consisted of (i) 26 billion common shares of par value BD$0.01,  
(ii) 100,200,001 preference shares of par value US$0.01 and (iii) 50 million preference shares of par value £0.01. 

Preference Shares 
On 22 June 2009, the Bank issued 200,000 Government guaranteed, 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual limited voting preference shares (the 
“preference shares”). The issuance price was US$1,000 per share. The preference share buy-backs are disclosed in “Note 22: Share Buy-Back Plans.”    

The preference share principal and dividend payments are guaranteed by the Government of Bermuda. At any time after the expiry of the guarantee 
offered by the Government of Bermuda, and subject to the approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority, the Bank may redeem, in whole or in part, 
any preference shares at the time issued and outstanding, at a redemption price equal to the liquidation preference plus any unpaid dividends at the time. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Holders of preference shares will be entitled to receive, on each preference share only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors,  
non-cumulative cash dividends at a rate per annum equal to 8.00% on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per preference share payable quarterly 
in arrears. In exchange for the Government’s commitment, the Bank issued to the Government 4,279,601 warrants to purchase common shares of 
the Bank at an exercise price of $7.01. The warrants expire on 22 June 2019. During 2010, the warrants issued to the Government were adjusted 
in accordance with the terms of the guarantee and as a result the Government now holds 4,150,774 warrants with an exercise price of $3.61 as at 
31 December 2013. 

On 11 May 2010 the Bank’s Rights offering was over subscribed with the maximum allowable number of rights of 107,438,016 exercised and 
subsequently converted on the ratio of 0.07692 contingent value convertible preference (“CVCP”) shares for each right unit exercised amounting to 
8,264,157 CVCP shares issued. The CVCP shares have specific rights and conditions attached, which is explained in detail in the prospectus of the 
rights offering.   

Dividend Declared 
During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Bank declared cash dividends totalling $0.07 (2012: nil) for each common share and contingent value 
convertible preference share on record as of the related record dates. During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Bank declared the full 
8.00% cash dividends on preference shares in each quarter. 

Regulatory Capital 
The Bank is subject to Basel II which is a risk-based capital adequacy framework developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the 
“Basel Committee”) and has been endorsed by the central bank governors and heads of bank supervision of the G10 countries. In December 2008, 
the Bermuda Monetary Authority published final rules, effective 1 January 2009, with respect to the implementation of the Basel II framework. From 
this date the Bank has calculated its capital requirement on the Standardised approach under Basel II requirements. 

The Bank is fully compliant with all regulatory capital requirements and maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory minimums as at 
31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012. The following table sets forth the Bank’s capital adequacy in accordance with Basel II framework:

Capital
    Tier 1 capital 
    Tier 2 capital 
    Deductions 
Total capital 

Weighted Risk Assets 
Total weighted risk assets 

Capital Ratios (%) 
    Tier 1 common 
    Tier 1 Total 
    Total capital 

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

 823,577  
 169,221  
 -  
 992,798  

 792,266 
 244,225 
 (2,935)
 1,033,556 

 4,197,744  

 4,275,055 

15.2% 
19.6% 
23.7% 

14.0%
18.5%
24.2%

NOTE 25: INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATES  
On 5 April 2012, the Bank sold its 27.76% interest in Island Heritage Holdings Ltd., a Cayman-based insurance company, to BF&M Limited. The sale 
was completed in the second quarter of 2012 with gross proceeds on the sale of $18.5 million, resulting in a gain of $4.2 million. 

During December 2013, the Bank sold its 30% interest in Friesenbruch-Meyer Insurance Ltd., a Bermuda-based insurance company, for $3.4 million, 
resulting in a gain of $0.4 million. 

At 31 December 2013, the Bank recognised a $3.8 million impairment loss in one of its investments in affiliate as the decline in fair value of the 
investment was considered other than temporary. 

NOTE 26: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES 
The Bank had no investments in variable interest entities for which it was deemed the primary beneficiary for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012.  

The Bank has equitable mortgages in two hospitality-related companies that have been placed under receivership, and as the Bank is an equity 
holder at risk, the hospitality-related companies were considered to be variable interest entities. As the Bank did not have the legal power to direct 
the activities of the companies that most significantly impact the company’s economic performance, it was considered not to be the primary beneficiary.    

102

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 27: INCOME TAXES 
The Bank is incorporated in Bermuda, and pursuant to Bermuda law is not taxed on either income or capital gains. The Bank’s subsidiaries in the 
Cayman Islands and The Bahamas are not subject to any taxes in their respective jurisdictions on either income or capital gains under current law 
applicable in the respective jurisdictions. The Bank’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Guernsey, Barbados (prior to disposal) and Switzerland are 
subject to the tax laws of those jurisdictions. 

For the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Bank did not record any unrecognised tax benefits or expenses and has no uncertain tax 
positions as at 31 December 2013 and 2012.  

The Bank records income taxes based on the enacted tax laws and rates applicable in the relevant jurisdictions for each of the years ended 
31 December 2013 and 2012. For the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Bank did not incur any interest or pay any penalties. 

The components of income taxes attributable to the Bank’s subsidiaries’ operations were as follows: 

Income taxes in consolidated statement of operations 
    Current tax expense 
    Deferred tax expense 
Total tax expense 

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

 859  
 32  
891  

 936 
 4,954 
 5,890 

The reconciliation between the Bank’s effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows: 

Income tax expense at Bermuda corporation tax rate of 0% 
Income tax expense in international offices taxed at different rates  
Change in valuation allowance 
Prior year tax adjustments 
Tax loss carried forward 
Other - net 
Income tax expense (benefit) at effective tax rate 

Deferred income tax asset 
    Tax loss carried forward 
    Pension liability 
    Fixed assets 
    Allowance for compensated absence 
    Onerous leases 
    Other 
Deferred income tax asset 
Less: valuation allowance  
Net deferred income tax assets  

Deferred income tax liability 
    Other 
Net deferred income tax asset 

For the year ended

31 December 2013 
% 
 -    
 2  
 (1) 
 1  
 -    
 -    
 2  

$ 
 -  
 1,714  
 (1,116) 
 587  
 -  
 (294) 
 891  

31 December 2012
%
 -   
 4 
 17 
 4 
 -   
 -   
 25

$ 
 -  
 841  
 4,132  
 900  
 -  
 17  
 5,890  

31 December 2013 

31 December 2012

4,173 
 201  
815  
10  
12  
 -  
5,211  
 (4,304) 
 907  

(5) 
 902 

 5,818 
 615 
 510 
 10 
 12 
 (225)
 6,740 
 (5,378)
 1,362 

 - 
 1,362 

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the 
existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred in the UK bank over the 
three-year period ended 31 December 2012. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence such as projections for 
future growth.  

On the basis of this evaluation, as of 31 December 2013, a valuation allowance of $4.3 million (2012: $5.4 million) has been recognised to record only 
the portion of the deferred tax asset that more likely than not will be realised. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realisable, however, 
could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced or increased, or if objective negative evidence in 
the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carry Forward 
The Bank has net taxable losses carry forwards related to the Bank’s international operations of approximately $20 million, which have an indefinite life.    

NOTE 28: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
Charitable Trust  
The Bank historically has provided a loan facility to the Charitable Trust. During December 2012, the carrying value of the loan was repaid and 
subsequently the Charitable Trust was terminated. 

Financing Transactions  
As of 17 May 2005, the Bank established a programme to offer loans with preferential rates to eligible Bank employees, subject to certain conditions 
set by the Bank and provided that such employees meet certain credit criteria. Loan payments are serviced by automatically debiting the employee’s 
chequing or savings account with the Bank. Applications for loans are handled according to the same policies as those for the Bank’s regular retail 
banking clients. The Bank’s ability to offer preferential rates on loans depends upon a number of factors, including market conditions, regulations 
and the Bank’s overall profitability. The Bank has the right to change its employee loan policy at any time after notifying participants. The staff loans 
outstanding at 31 December 2013 amount to $222.2 million (2012: $225.7 million) resulting in an interest rate benefit to employees of $5.7 million 
(2012: $6.2 million). 

Certain Directors of the Bank, companies in which they are principal owners, and trusts in which they are involved, have loans with the Bank. 
These loans were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements. As at 
31 December 2013, related party Director loan balances were $68.6 million (2012: $3.1 million). 

On 27 June 2013, the Bank executed a $95 million loan agreement with an investment fund managed by a significant shareholder which provides for 
maturity on 30 June 2017. This loan was made in the ordinary course of business on normal commercial terms. At 31 December 2013, $95 million was 
outstanding under this agreement. For the year ended 31 December 2013, $1.8 million of interest income has been recognised in the consolidated 
statement of operations. 

Capital Transaction  
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”) and funds associated with the Carlyle Group each hold approximately 19% of the Bank’s equity voting 
power, along with the right to each designate two persons for nomination for election by the shareholders as members of the Bank’s Board of 
Directors. 

Repurchase Facility Agreement 
During 2013, the Bank entered into a repurchase facility agreement for a $225 million line of repurchase facility at market rates and terms with CIBC. 
At 31 December 2013, the repurchase agreement balance with CIBC was $25.5 million (2012: $nil). 

Financial Instruments With Related Parties 
At 31 December 2013, the Bank held $112.1 million (2012: $125.3 million) in cash and cash equivalents with CIBC. As at 31 December 2013 the Bank 
held forward foreign exchange contracts with CIBC with a notional amount of $317.1 million (2012: $318.6 million) with unrealised gains of $1.1 
million (2012: gain of $0.7 million) and foreign currency swaps with a notional amount of $nil (2012: $89.4 million) with unrealised losses of $nil  
(2012: loss of $8.7 million).  

Balance Sheet Management Advisory Agreement  
From 1 October 2010, the Bank had retained Carlyle Investment Management LLC, an affiliated company of the Carlyle Group, to provide balance 
sheet management advisory services, including advisory services on valuation assignments. Effective 31 July 2012, the investment advisory business 
previously conducted by Carlyle Investment Management LLC was transferred to Alumina Investment Management LLC (“Alumina”) and the Bank 
agreed to the transfer of its contract to Alumina. The Carlyle Group holds a 15% interest in Alumina and as Alumina is not considered affiliated with 
the Carlyle Group, the related-party transaction ceased on the effective date. 

NOTE 29: COMPARATIVE INFORMATION 
Certain prior-year figures have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. Cash and cash equivalents and deposits as at 31 December 
2012 have been reduced by $109 million with a corresponding reduction in cash flows provided by financing activities.  

NOTE 30: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 
On 2 January 2014, the Bank fully redeemed the 2005 issuance Series A subordinated debt for its nominal value of $90 million.

On 13 January 2014, the Bank reached an agreement in principle to acquire the trust and corporate services business of Legis Group, an independent 
financial services company based in Guernsey.  

On 25 February 2014, the Board of Directors declared a fourth interim dividend of $0.01 per common and contingent value convertible preference 
share and a special dividend of $0.01 per common and contingent value convertible preference share, to be paid on 28 March 2014 to shareholders of 
record on 14 March 2014.  

The Bank has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through to 25 February 2014, the date the financial statements were issued. 

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder 
Information

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    105

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ SHARE INTERESTS 
AND DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS 
In accordance with Regulation 6.8(3) of Section IIA of the Bermuda 
Stock Exchange Listing Regulations, the total interests in common 
shares and contingent value convertible preference shares of the 
Bank by all Directors and Executive Officers* at 31 December 2013 
was 4,127,901 shares. In addition, this group also has interests in 
70 non-cumulative perpetual limited voting preference shares. 
As of 31 December 2013, Executive Officers also had interests in 
14,600,000 stock options pursuant to the 2010 Stock Option Plan that 
vest in accordance with timelines established by the Plan. None 
of the Directors or Executive Officers had any interest in any debt 
securities issued by the Bank or its subsidiaries as at 31 December 
2013 and, as of that date, there were no other equity securities 
issued by the Bank.

There are no service contracts with Directors, except for that of 
Brendan McDonagh, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, whose 
contract expires on 5 April 2015.

Save for the foregoing contract, and those arrangements described 
in Note 28 to the Bank’s 31 December 2013 consolidated financial 
statements, there are no other contracts of significance subsisting 
during or at the end of the financial year ended 31 December 2013 in 
which a Director of the Bank is or was materially interested, either 
directly or indirectly.

*As listed on pages 6 and 7 of this Annual Report. 

EXCHANGE LISTING  
The Bank’s Shares are listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange (BSX) 
and the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange (CSX), which are located at:

BERMUDA STOCK EXCHANGE  
(Primary Listing)  
30 Victoria Street 
Hamilton, HM 12 
P.O. Box HM 1369 
Hamilton HM FX 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 292 7212  
Fax: (441) 292 7619  
www.bsx.com 

CAYMAN ISLANDS STOCK EXCHANGE 
(Secondary Listing)  
Elizabethan Square, 4th Floor  
P.O. Box 2408 
George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1105 
Cayman Islands  
Tel: (345) 945 6060  
Fax: (345) 945 6061 
www.csx.com.ky 

SHARE DEALING SERVICE  
Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited  
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3972  
Fax: (441) 292 9947 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com

106
106

SHARE PRICE 
Published daily in The Royal Gazette in Bermuda and available on  
Bloomberg Financial Markets (symbol: NTB BH). 
Also available on the BSX website.

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT  
Mitsubishi UFJ Fund Services 
26 Burnaby Street 
Hamilton, HM 11 
Bermuda 
Tel: (441) 299 3882 
Fax: (441) 295 6759 
E-mail: bntbshareholders@mitsubishiufjfundservices.com

MEDIA RELATIONS / PUBLICATION REQUESTS  
Vice President, Communications, Brand & Public Affairs 
Tel: (441) 299 1624  
E-mail: mark.johnson@butterfieldgroup.com 

INVESTOR RELATIONS  
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
Tel: (441) 298 4758 
E-mail: john.maragliano@butterfieldgroup.com

WRITTEN NOTICE OF SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAMME  
— BSX REGULATION 6.38 
Common Share Buy-Back Programme: The Board of Directors 
approved the 2012 common share buy-back programme on 1 May 
2012 with up to 6 million common shares authorised to be acquired. 
On 10 December 2012, the Board approved increasing the number 
 of common shares to be acquired up to 10 million. Effective  
1 April 2013, the Board cancelled the 2012 common share buy-back 
programme and approved the 2013 common share buy-back 
programme for the purchase of up to 10 million common shares. On 
2 December 2013, the Board increased the total number of common 
shares authorised to be purchased for treasury from 10 million to 
15 million.

Preference Share Buy-Back Programme: The Board of Directors 
approved the 2012 preference share buy-back programme on 1 May 
2012 with up to 2,000 preference shares authorised to be purchased 
for cancellation. On 10 December 2012, the Board approved 
increasing the number of preference shares to be purchased for 
cancellation up to 8,000. During the second quarter of 2013, the 
Board approved the 2013 preference share buy-back programme, 
authorising in total the purchase and cancellation of up to 15,000 
preference shares. On 2 December 2013, the Board increased the 
total number of preference shares authorised to be repurchased 
and cancelled from 15,000 to 26,600.

During 2013, the Bank repurchased 4,038,482 common shares to 
be held as treasury shares at a cost of $5.6 million, and 11,972 
preference shares, which were subsequently cancelled, at a cost of 
$14.7 million.

From time to time, the Bank’s associates, insiders and insiders’ 
associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares, 
which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuant to 
the Programme, but under BSX regulations, such trades must 
not be pre-arranged and all repurchases must be made in the 
open market. Prices paid by the Bank must not, according to BSX 
regulations, be higher than the last independent trade for a “round 
lot” defined as 100 shares or more. 

 
In addition, and separate to the above, the Bank’s Stock Option 
Trust may from time to time purchase shares of the Bank through 
the BSX to satisfy the Bank’s obligations with respect to the Stock 
Option Plan. No shares were purchased this way in the 12 months to 
31 December 2013.

The Bank will continue to advise the BSX monthly of shares 
repurchased and cancelled by the Bank and shares purchased by  
the Bank’s Stock Option Trust.

LARGE SHAREHOLDERS 
As at 31 December 2013, the following were registered holders of 5% 
or more of the issued share capital:*

Carlyle Global Financial Services Partners LP, 19.38% 
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, 18.85% 
Wellcome Trust Investments, 6.89% 
Ithan Creek Master Investor (Cayman) LP, 6.79% 
Rosebowl Western, 6.79%

*Includes common and contingent value convertible preference shares and excludes 
treasury shares held. 

PRINCIPAL OFFICES & SUBSIDIARIES  
This list does not include all companies in the Group. 

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 
Group Parent Company, Community Banking, Corporate Banking,  
Private Banking, Credit and Treasury Services 

Head Office 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12 
Bermuda 
Tel: (441) 295 1111 
Fax: (441) 292 4365 
SWIFT: BNTB BM HM 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Mailing Address: 
P.O. Box HM 195 
Hamilton, HM AX 
Bermuda 

BERMUDA 
Country Head: Michael Collins, 
Senior Executive Vice President

Butterfield Asset Management Limited  
Investment Management  
Managing Director: Michael Neff 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3817  
Fax: (441) 292 9947  
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited 
Brokerage Services 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12  
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3972  
Fax: (441) 292 9947 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited 
Grosvenor Trust Company Limited  
Trust & Fiduciary Services 
Managing Director: Martin Pollock 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12  
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3980  
Fax: (441) 292 1258 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

THE BAHAMAS 
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited  
Trust & Fiduciary Services 
Managing Director: Julien Martel  
3rd Floor, Montague Sterling Centre,  
East Bay Street  
P.O. Box N-3242 
Nassau, N.P. 
The Bahamas  
Tel: (242) 393 8622  
Fax: (242) 393 3772  
E-mail: bahamas@butterfieldgroup.com

CAYMAN ISLANDS 
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited  
Community Banking, Corporate Banking,  
Private Banking, Asset Management 
Managing Director: Conor O’Dea 
Butterfield Place 
12 Albert Panton Street 
P.O. Box 705 
Grand Cayman KY1-1107 
Cayman Islands 
Tel: (345) 949 7055 
Fax: (345) 949 7004 
E-mail: cayman@butterfieldgroup.com

Butterfield Trust (Cayman) Limited  
Trust & Fiduciary Services 
Managing Director: Brian Balleine 
Butterfield House 
68 Fort Street 
P.O. Box 705 
Grand Cayman KY1-1107 
Cayman Islands 
Tel: (345) 949 7055 
Fax: (345) 949 7004 
E-mail: trust.cayman@butterfieldgroup.com

Butterfield Annual Report 2013    107

 
 
 
 
GUERNSEY 
Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited  
Private Client and Institutional Banking, Credit,  
Investment Management, Custody and Custodian 
Trustee Services, Administered Banking 
Managing Director: John Robinson 
P.O. Box 25 
Regency Court 
Glategny Esplanade  
St Peter Port 
Guernsey GY1 3AP 
Channel Islands  
Tel: (44) 1481 711 521  
Fax: (44) 1481 714 533  
E-mail: guernsey@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited  
Trust & Fiduciary Services 
Managing Director: Paul Hodgson 
P.O. Box 25 
Regency Court 
Glategny Esplanade 
St Peter Port 
Guernsey GY1 3AP 
Channel Islands  
Tel: (44) 1481 711 521  
Fax: (44) 1481 728 665   
E-mail: guernsey@butterfieldgroup.com 

SWITZERLAND 
Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Limited 
Trust & Fiduciary Services 
Managing Director: Jim Parker 
Boulevard des Tranchées 16 
1206 Geneva 
Switzerland 
Tel: (41) 22 839 0000  
Fax: (41) 22 839 0099 
E-mail: switzerland@butterfieldgroup.com

UNITED KINGDOM 
Butterfield Bank (UK) Limited  
Private Banking, Asset Management,  
Credit and Treasury Services  
Managing Director: Raymond Sykes 
99 Gresham Street  
London, EC2V 7NG 
United Kingdom  
Tel: (44) 207 776 6700  
Fax: (44) 207 776 6701  
E-mail: info@uk.butterfieldgroup.com

108

 
 
Butterfield is committed to environmentally conscious 
Butterfield is committed to environmentally conscious 
printing. The following savings to our natural resources were 
printing. The following savings to our natural resources were 
realised in the printing of this Annual Report:
realised in the printing of this Annual Report:

Energy: 8,611,804 BTUs  
Energy: 8,611,804 BTUs  
Trees: 12 
Trees: 12 
Wastewater: 19,550 liters 
Wastewater: 19,550 liters 

Air Emissions: 510 kg 
Air Emissions: 510 kg 
Solid Waste: 259 kg
Solid Waste: 259 kg

923_1 BNTB AR Cover 2013_PR_F.indd   4

14-03-20   5:02 PM

923_1 BNTB AR Cover 2013_PR_F.indd   1

14-03-21   9:39 AM